xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 8d20be1e22095c27faf8fe8b2f0d089739cc742e)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.2024 2013/04/19 15:01:58 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.14.7/8.14.7	2013/04/21
10	Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
11		from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
12		and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
13		connection.  Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
14	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
15		macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
16		Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
17		(Jaroslav Skarvada).
18	Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
19		was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
20		to the "addr-type" field.  Problem noted by Dan Lukes
21		of Obludarium.
22	Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
23		so that message bodies containing them will be sent
24		on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
25		that are not converted as those functions are used
26		for other purposes too.  Problem noted by Elchonon
27		Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
28	Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
29		resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
30		(4xy) via ruleset 0.  Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
31		of IIJ.
32	CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
33		of Oracle.
34	Portability:
35		Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
36		definitions.
37
388.14.6/8.14.6	2012/12/23
39	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
40		two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
41		STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
42		the client side would fail.  Problem noted by Lena.
43	Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
44		as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
45		to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
46		can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
47		headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
48		as a DKIM signing milter.
49	If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
50		runners could not be started anymore because an
51		internal counter was subject to a race condition.
52	If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
53		with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
54		In some situations, the resulting error might have been
55		ignored.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
56		Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
57		should not be done without considering the potential
58		problems.
59	smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
60		the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
61		list for all milters.  Problem reported by
62		David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
63	If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
64		then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
65		gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
66		Patch from Peter.
67	If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
68		error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
69		triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
70		memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
71		systems).  Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
72	Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
73		log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
74	Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
75		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
76	Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
77		is done for IPv6).  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
78	Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
79		that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
80		the reason for the failure in a single log line.  Suggested
81		by James Carey of Boeing.
82	Portability:
83		Add support for Darwin 11.x and 12.x (Mac OS X 10.7 and 10.8).
84		Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
85		John Beck of Oracle.
86
878.14.5/8.14.5	2011/05/17
88	Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
89		is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
90		for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
91		same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
92		Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
93	Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
94		map lookup returns a size larger than 1K.  Based on a
95		patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
96	If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
97		the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
98		functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
99		versions the mail might have been queued up already
100		and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
101		will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
102		delivery.
103	Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
104	Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
105		use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
106	Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
107		no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
108		to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
109		Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
110	Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
111		lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
112		"AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
113		the memory of the client.  Bug report by Nils of MWR
114		InfoSecurity.
115	Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
116		connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
117		Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
118	If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
119		it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
120		unparseable) address is specified.
121	If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
122		stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
123		it.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
124	CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
125		-T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
126		that did not use LDAP.  This change has been undone
127		until a better solution can be implemented.  Problem
128		found by Andy Fiddaman.
129	CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
130		Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
131	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
132		letter between the question marks.  Patch from
133		Stefan Christensen.
134	DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
135		Patch from Mitchell Berger.
136	Portability:
137		Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
138		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later.  Patch
139		from John Marshall.
140		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
141		Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
142		Solaris 11.  Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
143		Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
144		OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0.  Based on patch from
145		Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
146		Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
147		for Solaris 11.  Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
148	New Files:
149		cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
150
1518.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
152	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
153		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
154		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
155		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
156	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
157		could occur which might result in bogus characters
158		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
159		Pepperdine University.
160	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
161		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
162	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
163		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
164		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
165		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
166		Hubert of University of Washington.
167	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
168		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
169		to be happening on some Linux versions).
170	The process title was missing the current load average when
171		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
172		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
173	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
174		only some of them are processed.
175	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
176		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
177		of Sun Microsystems.
178	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
179		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
180		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
181	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
182		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
183		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
184		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
185		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
186		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
187		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
188		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
189	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
190		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
191		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
192	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
193		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
194	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
195		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
196		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
197	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
198		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
199		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
200	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
201		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
202	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
203		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
204		Myers of Proofpoint.
205	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
206		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
207		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
208	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
209		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
210		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
211		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
212		University of Helsinki.
213	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
214		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
215		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
216		libraries).
217	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
218		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
219	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
220		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
221		Pineau.
222	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
223		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
224		John Nemeth.
225	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
226		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
227		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
228	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
229		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
230	Portability:
231		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
232		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
233		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
234		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
235
2368.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
237	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
238		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
239		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
240		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
241		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
242	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
243		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
244		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
245		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
246		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
247	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
248		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
249	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
250		noted by Beth Halsema.
251	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
252		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
253		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
254	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
255		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
256	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
257		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
258		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
259		whether libmilter contains this fix.
260	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
261		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
262	Portability:
263		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
264		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
265		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
266		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
267	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
268	Added Files:
269		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
270		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
271
2728.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
273	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
274		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
275		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
276		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
277		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
278	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
279		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
280		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
281		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
282		Myers of Proofpoint.
283	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
284		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
285	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
286		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
287		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
288		recipients.
289	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
290		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
291		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
292	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
293		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
294	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
295		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
296		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
297	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
298		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
299		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
300		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
301		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
302	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
303		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
304		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
305	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
306		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
307		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
308	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
309		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
310		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
311		than one LDAP server.
312	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
313		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
314		a system which does not have the compile time flag
315		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
316		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
317	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
318		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
319		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
320	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
321		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
322		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
323	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
324	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
325		replacing files.
326	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
327		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
328	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
329		appropriate.
330	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
331		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
332		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
333	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
334		from the version number, however, the returned value was
335		correct for the current libmilter version.
336
3378.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
338	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
339		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
340		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
341		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
342		found by Andy Fiddaman.
343	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
344		could not be set in 8.14.0.
345	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
346		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
347		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
348		Werner Wiethege.
349	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
350		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
351		Science and Mathematics.
352	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
353	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
354		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
355		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
356		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
357	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
358		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
359	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
360		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
361	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
362		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
363	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
364		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
365	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
366		Patches from Bryan Costales.
367	PORTABILITY FIXES:
368		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
369			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
370			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
371			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
372		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
373			Software Systems.
374	New Files:
375		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
376		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
377		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
378
379	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
380		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
381		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
382
3838.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
384	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
385		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
386		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
387		  headers.
388	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
389		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
390		exactly one space.
391	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
392		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
393		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
394		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
395		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
396		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
397	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
398		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
399		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
400		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
401	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
402		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
403	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
404		Patch from Nik Clayton.
405	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
406		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
407	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
408		per daemon socket:
409			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
410			refuseLA	RefuseLA
411			delayLA		DelayLA
412			queueLA		QueueLA
413			children	MaxDaemonChildren
414	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
415		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
416		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
417		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
418	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
419		from Nik Clayton.
420	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
421		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
422		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
423		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
424	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
425		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
426		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
427		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
428	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
429		readable" status.
430	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
431		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
432	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
433		is a header address it also distinguishes between
434		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
435		envelope addresses).
436	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
437		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
438	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
439	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
440		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
441		slow down responding.
442	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
443		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
444		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
445		a file where to store the selected key.
446	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
447		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
448		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
449		connection is terminated immediately.
450	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
451		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
452		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
453	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
454		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
455		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
456			a query if it is too long.
457		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
458			to form the result of a lookup.
459	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
460		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
461		started by using "make check".
462	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
463		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
464		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
465	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
466		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
467	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
468		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
469		intended.
470	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
471		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
472	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
473		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
474		which may improve the communication performance on some
475		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
476		Proofpoint.
477	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
478		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
479		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
480		line.
481	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
482		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
483	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
484		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
485		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
486	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
487		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
488		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
489	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
490		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
491		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
492		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
493	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
494		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
495		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
496		each delivery.
497	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
498		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
499		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
500		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
501	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
502		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
503		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
504		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
505		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
506		Sun Microsystems.
507	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
508		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
509		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
510	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
511		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
512	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
513		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
514			To:user@example.com	RELAY
515	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
516		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
517		SMTP dialogue.
518	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
519		for the HELO/EHLO command.
520	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
521		messages by using those values as second argument.
522		Patches from Nelson Fung.
523	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
524		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
525		preceeded by a backslash.
526	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
527		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
528		the required installation directories.
529	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
530		executables (defaults to confCC).
531	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
532		has several changes which are listed below and documented
533		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
534	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
535		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
536		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
537		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
538		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
539		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
540		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
541	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
542		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
543		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
544		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
545		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
546		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
547	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
548		can act on the DATA command.
549	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
550		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
551	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
552		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
553		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
554	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
555		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
556		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
557		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
558		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
559		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
560		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
561	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
562		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
563	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
564		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
565	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
566		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
567		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
568		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
569		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
570	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
571		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
572		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
573		negotiation.
574	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
575		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
576		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
577		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
578		inserted, or replaced.
579	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
580		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
581		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
582	New Files:
583		cf/feature/badmx.m4
584		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
585		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
586		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
587		include/sm/misc.h
588		include/sm/sendmail.h
589		include/sm/tailq.h
590		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
591		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
592		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
593		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
594		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
595		libmilter/example.c
596		libmilter/monitor.c
597		libmilter/worker.c
598		libsm/memstat.c
599		libsm/t-memstat.c
600		libsm/t-qic.c
601		libsm/util.c
602		sendmail/daemon.h
603		sendmail/map.h
604
6058.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
606	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
607		the server can erroneously report that there is
608		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
609		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
610		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
611		of University of Washington.
612	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
613		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
614		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
615		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
616	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
617		David F. Skoll.
618	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
619		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
620	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
621		range (0..255).
622	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
623		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
624		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
625		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.*
626		about these macros.
627
6288.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
629	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
630		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
631		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
632		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
633		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
634		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
635		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
636		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
637		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
638		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
639	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
640		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
641		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
642	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
643		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
644		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
645		layer made in 8.13.6.
646	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
647		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
648		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
649		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
650		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
651		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
652		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
653		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
654		to avoid those false positives.
655	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
656		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
657		files were not removed.
658	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
659		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
660		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
661	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
662		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
663		either of these versions and compression is available,
664		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
665		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
666	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
667		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
668		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
669		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
670		but an argument must be specified.
671	Portability:
672		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
673		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
674
6758.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
676	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
677		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
678		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
679		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
680		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
681		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
682		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
683	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
684		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
685		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
686		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
687		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
688		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
689	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
690		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
691		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
692		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
693	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
694		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
695		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
696		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
697		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
698		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
699		A. Earickson of Colby College.
700	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
701		Myers of Proofpoint.
702	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
703		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
704		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
705	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
706		resume a stored TLS session.
707	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
708		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
709		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
710	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
711		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
712		Sun Microsystems.
713	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
714		This generates an error message from libmilter on
715		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
716		request silently.
717	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
718		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
719		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
720		Services.
721	Portability:
722		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
723		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
724		Andrew Brown.
725
7268.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
727	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
728		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
729		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
730		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
731		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
732		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
733		than the base directory.
734	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
735		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
736		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
737		Werner Wiethege.
738	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
739		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
740		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
741		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
742	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
743		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
744		University.
745	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
746		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
747	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
748		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
749		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
750	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
751		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
752	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
753	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
754		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
755		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
756	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
757		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
758	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
759			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
760			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
761			source code.
762		Add support for AIX 5.3.
763		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
764		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
765		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
766	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
767		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
768			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
769			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
770		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
771			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
772			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
773			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
774		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
775			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
776			by Mike Pechkin.
777	New Files:
778		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
779		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
780		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
781		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
782		include/sm/time.h
783
7848.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
785	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
786		different error which could result in connections that
787		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
788		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
789	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
790		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
791		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
792		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
793	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
794		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
795	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
796		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
797		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
798		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
799	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
800		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
801		and bounce generation.
802	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
803		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
804		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
805		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
806		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
807	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
808		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
809	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
810		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
811	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
812		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
813		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
814	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
815		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
816		by Joe Maimon.
817	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
818		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
819		on patch by Brian Kantor.
820	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
821		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
822		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
823	Portability:
824		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
825			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
826			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
827			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
828			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
829		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
830			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
831			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
832			University of Bremen.
833	New Files:
834		include/sm/sem.h
835		libsm/sem.c
836		libsm/t-sem.c
837
8388.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
839	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
840		is active.
841	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
842		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
843		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
844	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
845		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
846		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
847	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
848		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
849		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
850		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
851
8528.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
853	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
854		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
855		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
856		Simple Nomad of BindView.
857	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
858		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
859		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
860	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
861		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
862		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
863		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
864		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
865	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
866		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
867	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
868		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
869		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
870	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
871		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
872	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
873		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
874		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
875	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
876		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
877	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
878		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
879		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
880	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
881		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
882	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
883		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
884		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
885	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
886		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
887		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
888	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
889		noted by Nelson Fung.
890	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
891		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
892	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
893		by Nelson Fung.
894	Portability:
895		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
896	New Files:
897		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
898		devtools/OS/DragonFly
899		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
900	Deleted Files:
901		libsm/vsscanf.c
902
9038.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
904	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
905		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
906		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
907		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
908	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
909		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
910	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
911		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
912		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
913		by David Russell.
914	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
915		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
916		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
917		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
918	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
919		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
920		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
921	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
922		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
923	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
924		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
925		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
926		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
927		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
928		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
929		Bielefeld.
930	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
931		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
932	Portability:
933		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
934			noted by Geoff Adams.
935		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
936		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
937			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
938		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
939			incompatibilities with various *roff related
940			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
941	New Files:
942		doc/op/README
943
9448.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
945	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
946		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
947		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
948		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
949		University.
950	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
951		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
952		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
953	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
954		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
955	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
956		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
957		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
958		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
959		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
960		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
961	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
962		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
963		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
964		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
965		of cf/README for more information.
966	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
967		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
968		the LDAP library.
969	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
970		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
971		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
972		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
973		library supports it.
974	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
975		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
976	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
977		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
978		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
979	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
980		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
981		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
982		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
983		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
984		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
985		determines the length of the interval for which the
986		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
987		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
988	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
989		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
990		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
991		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
992		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
993		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
994		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
995		during that connection.
996	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
997		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
998		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
999	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1000		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1001		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1002	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1003		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1004	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1005		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
1006		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1007		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1008	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1009		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1010		sendmail.
1011	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1012		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1013		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1014		Mines de Paris.
1015	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
1016		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1017		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1018		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1019		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1020		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1021		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1022		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1023	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1024		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
1025		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1026	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
1027		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1028		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
1029		by Sander Eerkes.
1030	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
1031		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1032		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
1033		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1034	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1035		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
1036		operates on lost queue items.
1037	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1038		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1039		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1040		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1041		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1042		quarantine reason.
1043	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1044		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1045	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1046		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1047		"QUARANTINE:".
1048	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1049		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1050		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
1051		be used for the quarantine reason.
1052	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1053	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1054		message if it is quarantined.
1055	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1056		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1057		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1058		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1059		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1060	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1061		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
1062		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1063	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1064		recipients received so far in a transaction.
1065	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1066		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
1067		noted by Kai Schlichting.
1068	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1069		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1070		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1071	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
1072		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1073	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1074	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1075		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1076	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1077		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1078		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1079	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1080	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1081		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1082		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
1083		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1084	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1085		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
1086		of the University of Manitoba.
1087	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1088		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1089		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1090		is active.
1091	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
1092		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1093		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1094	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1095		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1096	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1097		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1098	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1099		overwrite each other's pid files.
1100	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1101		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
1102		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1103	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1104		LogLevel 12 or higher.
1105	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1106		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1107		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1108		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1109		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1110	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1111		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1112		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
1113		of Sun Microsystems.
1114	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1115		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1116	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1117		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1118	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1119		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1120	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
1121		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1122	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1123		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1124		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1125		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1126	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1127		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
1128		further information.
1129	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1130		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1131	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1132		queue return and warning times for delivery status
1133		notifications.
1134	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1135		at all.
1136	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1137		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1138		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1139	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1140		for DaemonPortOptions.
1141	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1142		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1143		of Northern Illinois University.
1144	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1145		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1146		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1147		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1148		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1149	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1150		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1151	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1152		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1153	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1154		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1155		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1156	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1157		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1158	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1159		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1160		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1161	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1162		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1163	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1164		HOSTALIASES.
1165	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1166		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1167	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1168		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1169		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1170		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1171	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1172		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1173		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1174		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1175		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1176	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1177		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1178	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1179		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1180	Portability:
1181		Two new compile options have been added:
1182			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1183			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1184			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1185		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1186			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1187			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1188			programs to match locking techniques.
1189		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1190			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1191		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1192			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1193			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1194			Center for Scientific Computing.
1195		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1196		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1197		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1198			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1199			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1200			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1201			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1202	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1203		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1204		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1205		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1206	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1207		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1208		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1209		of Northern Illinois University.
1210	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1211		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1212		the message using the given reason.
1213	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1214		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1215		DNS records than just A.
1216	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1217		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1218		connections is maintained.
1219	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1220		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1221	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1222		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1223	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1224		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1225		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1226		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1227		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1228	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1229		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1230		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1231		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1232		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1233		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1234	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1235		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1236	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1237		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1238		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1239	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1240		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1241		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1242	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1243		to follow the naming conventions.
1244	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1245		the A= argument.
1246	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1247		local_lmtp.
1248	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1249		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1250	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1251		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1252		its rules.
1253	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1254		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1255		status notifications.
1256	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1257	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1258		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1259		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1260	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1261		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1262		doc/op/op.me.
1263	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1264		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1265		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1266	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1267		certificate revocations lists.
1268	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1269		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1270		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1271		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1272	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1273		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1274		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1275		for more information.
1276	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1277		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1278		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1279		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1280		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1281	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1282	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1283		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1284		of LifeLine Networks.
1285	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1286		Derek J. Balling.
1287	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1288		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1289	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1290		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1291	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1292		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1293		Filters which use this function must include the
1294		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1295	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1296		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1297	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1298		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1299	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1300		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1301		resetting the timeout.
1302	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1303		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1304		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1305	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1306		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1307	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1308		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1309		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1310	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1311		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1312	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1313		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1314	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1315		from Bryan Costales.
1316	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1317		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1318	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1319		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1320	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1321		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1322		Informations Services.
1323	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1324	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1325		instead of '#'.
1326	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1327		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1328		headers.
1329	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1330		for the auto-response message.
1331	New Files:
1332		CACerts
1333		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1334		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1335		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1336		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1337		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1338		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1339		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1340		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1341		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1342		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1343		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1344		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1345		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1346		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1347		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1348		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1349		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1350		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1351		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1352		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1353		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1354		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1355		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1356		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1357	Deleted Files:
1358		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1359		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1360		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1361		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1362		libsm/vsprintf.c
1363	Renamed Files:
1364		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1365
13668.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1367	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1368		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1369		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1370	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1371		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1372		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1373		Techfirm, Inc.
1374	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1375		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1376		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1377	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1378		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1379		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1380		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1381	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1382		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1383		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1384		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1385	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1386		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1387		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1388	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1389		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1390	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1391		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1392		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1393		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1394		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1395		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1396	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1397		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1398		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1399	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1400		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1401		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1402	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1403		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1404		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1405		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1406		external application that accesses qf files.
1407	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1408		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1409	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1410		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1411		Breyha.
1412	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1413		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1414		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1415		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1416		environment.
1417	Portability:
1418		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1419		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1420			Sun Microsystems.
1421	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1422		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1423	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1424		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1425	New Files:
1426		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1427
14288.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1429	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1430		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1431		of Courtesan Consulting.
1432	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1433		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1434		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1435		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1436		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1437	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1438		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1439	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1440	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1441		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1442	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1443		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1444	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1445		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1446		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1447	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1448		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1449	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1450	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1451		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1452		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1453	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1454		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1455		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1456	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1457		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1458	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1459		to make sure they match.
1460	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1461		in the kernel.
1462	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1463		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1464		Bart Duchesne.
1465	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1466		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1467		Craig Hunt.
1468	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1469		from Jerome Borsboom.
1470	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1471		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1472		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1473	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1474		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1475		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1476		after the close() and before the truncate().
1477	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1478		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1479		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1480	Portability:
1481		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1482			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1483			with AIX 5.2.
1484		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1485			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1486		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1487			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1488			of Harker Systems.
1489		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1490			your Linux distribution, compile with
1491			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1492	Added Files:
1493		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1494
14958.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1496	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1497		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1498		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1499		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1500		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1501		includes DNS.
1502	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1503		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1504		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1505		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1506	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1507		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1508		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1509		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1510		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1511		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1512		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1513	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1514		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1515	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1516		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1517		College London.
1518	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1519		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1520		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1521	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1522		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1523	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1524	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1525		text file instead of the database map.
1526	Portability:
1527		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1528			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1529			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1530			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1531
15328.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1533	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1534		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1535		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1536		of ISS X-Force.
1537	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1538		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1539		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1540		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1541	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1542		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1543	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1544		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1545		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1546	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1547		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1548	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1549		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1550		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1551
15528.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1553	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1554		across various connections.  This could cause session
1555		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1556		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1557		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1558	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1559		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1560		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1561	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1562		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1563		Erik Parker.
1564	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1565		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1566		is used.
1567	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1568		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1569	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1570		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1571		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1572		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1573		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1574	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1575		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1576	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1577		of 11 or higher.
1578	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1579		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1580	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1581		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1582		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1583		to be run even if Runners=0.
1584	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1585		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1586		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1587	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1588		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1589	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1590		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1591	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1592		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1593	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1594		by John Majikes of IBM.
1595	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1596		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1597	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1598		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1599		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1600	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1601		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1602		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1603	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1604		noted by Matthias Andree.
1605	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1606		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1607	Portability:
1608		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1609		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1610			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1611			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1612			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1613			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1614			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1615		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1616			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1617		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1618			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1619		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1620			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1621		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1622		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1623			Corporation.
1624		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1625	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1626		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1627	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1628		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1629		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1630	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1631		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1632		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1633		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1634		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1635		in the file itself.
1636	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1637		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1638		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1639		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1640	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1641	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1642		relay.
1643	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1644		in access_db.
1645	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1646	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1647		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1648		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1649	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1650		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1651		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1652	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1653		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1654		Sun Microsystems.
1655	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1656		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1657	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1658		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1659		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1660	New Files:
1661		devtools/OS/Interix
1662		include/sm/bdb.h
1663
16648.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1665	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1666		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1667		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1668		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1669		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1670	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1671		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1672		Courtesan Consulting.
1673	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1674		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1675		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1676	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1677		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1678		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1679	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1680		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1681		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1682		Earickson of Colby College.
1683	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1684		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1685		Courtesan Consulting.
1686	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1687		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1688	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1689		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1690		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1691	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1692		execve().
1693	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1694		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1695		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1696	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1697		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1698		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1699		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1700		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1701	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1702		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1703		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1704	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1705	Portability:
1706		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1707			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1708			fix from Scott Walters.
1709		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1710		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1711			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1712		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1713			NETISO support has been dropped.
1714	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1715		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1716		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1717		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1718		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1719		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1720		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1721		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1722		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1723		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1724		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1725		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1726		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1727		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1728	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1729		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1730		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1731		University.
1732	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1733		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1734	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1735		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1736	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1737		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1738	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1739		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1740		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1741	New Files:
1742		contrib/etrn.0
1743
17448.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1745	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1746		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1747		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1748		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1749		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1750		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1751	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1752		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1753		with rogue DNS servers.
1754	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1755		by Bryan Costales.
1756	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1757		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1758		Costales.
1759	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1760		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1761		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1762		Polytechnic Institute.
1763	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1764		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1765	Portability:
1766		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1767			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1768			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1769			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1770		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1771			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1772			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1773			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1774			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1775			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1776			related programs to match locking techniques.
1777
17788.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1779	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1780		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1781		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1782		section of the top level README for more information.
1783		Problem noted by lumpy.
1784	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1785		instead of 0644.
1786	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1787		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1788		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1789	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1790		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1791		Purdue University.
1792	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1793		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1794		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1795	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1796		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1797		of Active State.
1798	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1799		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1800		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1801	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1802		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1803		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1804		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1805	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1806		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1807	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1808		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1809	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1810		or the queue.
1811	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1812		user who started sendmail.
1813	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1814		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1815		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1816	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1817		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1818		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1819		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1820		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1821	Portability:
1822		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1823			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1824			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1825		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1826			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1827			Charles University in Prague.
1828		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1829			memory.
1830	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1831		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1832	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1833		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1834		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1835	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1836		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1837	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1838		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1839		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1840		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1841		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1842	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1843		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1844		noted by Bryan Costales.
1845	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1846		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1847	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1848		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1849	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1850		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1851	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1852		match dnsbl change.
1853	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1854		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1855		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1856	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1857		a user's filter starts other applications.
1858	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1859		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1860	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1861		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1862		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1863	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1864		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1865	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1866		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1867		noted by Bryan Costales.
1868	New Files:
1869		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1870
18718.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1872	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1873		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1874		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1875		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1876		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1877		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1878		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1879		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1880		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1881		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1882		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1883		University.
1884	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1885		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1886		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1887		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1888		of INTERMETA.
1889	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1890		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1891	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1892		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1893	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1894		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1895		ActiveState.
1896	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1897		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1898	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1899		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1900		Northern Illinois University.
1901	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1902		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1903		of Dinoex.
1904	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1905		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1906		Polytechnic Institute.
1907	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1908		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1909		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1910	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1911		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1912		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1913	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1914		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1915	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1916		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1917	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1918		missing arguments.
1919	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1920		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1921		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1922	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1923		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1924	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1925		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1926		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1927	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1928		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1929		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1930	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1931		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1932		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1933		of Concordia University.
1934	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1935		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1936	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1937		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1938		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1939		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1940	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1941		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1942		Elvers.
1943	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1944		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1945		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1946		total number of TCP connections.
1947	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1948		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1949		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1950	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1951		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1952	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1953		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1954		Texas.
1955	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1956		to 451.
1957	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1958		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1959		patch by Bryan Costales.
1960	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1961		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1962	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1963		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1964		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1965		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1966		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1967		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1968		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1969		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1970	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1971		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1972		command).
1973	Portability:
1974		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1975			available.
1976		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1977			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1978			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1979			Skyrr.
1980		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1981			noted by John Beck.
1982		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1983		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1984			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1985	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1986		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1987		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1988	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1989		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1990		error.
1991	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1992		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1993		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1994	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1995		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1996	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1997		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1998	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1999		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2000		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2001		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2002		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
2003		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2004	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2005		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
2006		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2007		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2008		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2009		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2010		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2011		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2012	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2013		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
2014		noted by John Beck.
2015	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2016		if queue groups are used.
2017	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2018	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2019	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2020		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2021	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2022	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2023		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
2024		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2025		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2026		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2027		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2028	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2029		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
2030		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2031	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2032		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2033		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2034	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
2035		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2036		ldap_memfree().
2037	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2038		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2039	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
2040		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2041	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
2042		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2043		San Francisco.
2044	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2045	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
2046		Joe Barbish.
2047	New Files:
2048		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2049
20508.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
2051	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2052		at startup, only log an error message.
2053	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2054		following -b) has been specified.
2055	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2056		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
2057		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2058	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2059		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2060		Regensburg.
2061	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2062		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2063		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2064		Institute of Mining and Technology.
2065	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2066		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2067		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2068	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2069		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2070		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2071	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2072		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2073		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2074	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2075		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
2076		SMTP connections.
2077	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
2078		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2079		and Technology.
2080	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2081		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2082		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2083		Meteorological Institute.
2084	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2085		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2086		Online.
2087	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2088		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2089		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2090		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2091		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2092		types, respectively.
2093	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2094		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2095		of Virginia Tech.
2096	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2097		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2098		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2099	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2100		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2101	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2102		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2103	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2104		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2105		of Vienna.
2106	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
2107		of Sun Microsystems.
2108	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2109		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2110		with servers that do not support realms when using
2111		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2112	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2113		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
2114		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2115	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2116		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2117		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2118	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2119	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2120		instead of forcing localhost.
2121	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2122		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2123	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
2124		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2125	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2126		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2127		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2128		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2129		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2130	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2131		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2132	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
2133		Compaq Computer Corp.
2134	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2135		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2136		Tech.
2137	Portability:
2138		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
2139			patch provided by HP.
2140		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2141			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2142		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2143			Sachin of Siemens.
2144		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2145		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2146			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2147			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2148			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2149		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2150			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2151		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2152			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2153		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2154			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2155			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2156			Hewlett-Packard.
2157		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2158			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2159			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2160		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2161			Virginia Tech.
2162		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2163			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2164		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2165			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2166	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2167		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2168		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2169	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2170		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2171	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2172		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2173		Florida.
2174	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2175		Altin Waldmann.
2176	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2177		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2178		Hewlett-Packard.
2179	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2180		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2181		of MSFU.
2182	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2183		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2184		Institute.
2185	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2186	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2187		to free memory twice.
2188	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2189		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2190		of Sun Microsystems.
2191	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2192		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2193		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2194		University of Athens.
2195	New Files:
2196		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2197		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2198		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2199		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2200		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2201		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2202		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2203		libsm/mpeix.c
2204
22058.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2206	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2207		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2208		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2209		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2210		found by Michal Zalewski.
2211	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2212		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2213		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2214		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2215	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2216		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2217	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2218		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2219		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2220	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2221		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2222		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2223	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2224		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2225		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2226		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2227		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2228	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2229		canonical name for a host.
2230	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2231		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2232		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2233		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2234	Portability:
2235		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2236			`uname` does not given complete information.
2237			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2238			Aircraft Company.
2239		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2240			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2241		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2242			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2243			Courtesan Consulting.
2244	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2245		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2246	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2247		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2248		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2249	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2250		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2251		then use it.
2252	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2253		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2254	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2255		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2256	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2257		and vacation.
2258	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2259		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2260		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2261	New Files:
2262		test/Build
2263		test/Makefile
2264		test/Makefile.m4
2265		test/README
2266		test/t_dropgid.c
2267		test/t_setgid.c
2268	Deleted Files:
2269		include/sm/stdio.h
2270		include/sm/sysstat.h
2271
22728.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2273	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2274		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2275		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2276		default).  The installation process tries to install
2277		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2278		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2279	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2280		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2281		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2282		flags:
2283			GroupWritableForwardFile
2284			WorldWritableForwardFile
2285			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2286			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2287		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2288	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2289		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2290		(IdS).
2291	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2292		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2293		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2294		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2295		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2296		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2297	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2298		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2299		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2300		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2301		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2302	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2303		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2304	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2305		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2306		sendmail/SECURITY.
2307	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2308		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2309		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2310	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2311		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2312		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2313		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2314		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2315	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2316		command has been removed.
2317	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2318		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2319	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2320		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2321		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2322		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2323	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2324		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2325		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2326		supported.
2327	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2328		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2329		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2330		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2331		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2332		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2333		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2334		creation rather than just before delivery.
2335	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2336		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2337		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2338		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2339		preference matches (coattail).
2340	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2341		try other MX hosts if available.
2342	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2343		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2344	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2345		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2346		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2347	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2348	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2349		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2350		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2351		removed in future versions.
2352	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2353		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2354	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2355		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2356		doc/op/op.me for details.
2357	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2358		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2359		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2360		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2361	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2362	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2363		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2364	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2365		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2366		enough on a per recipient basis.
2367	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2368		for STARTTLS.
2369	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2370		value "NOT".
2371	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2372		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2373	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2374		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2375	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2376		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2377		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2378		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2379	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2380		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2381	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2382		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2383		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2384		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2385		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2386		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2387		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2388		by a queue run.
2389	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2390		system each queue directory resides in.
2391	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2392	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2393	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2394		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2395		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2396		same time.
2397	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2398		active queue runner processes.
2399	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2400		runners per queue group.
2401	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2402		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2403		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2404		of the queue that match during processing.
2405	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2406		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2407		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2408		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2409		persistent queue runner.
2410	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2411		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2412		sendmail -q15m).
2413	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2414		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2415	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2416		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2417	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2418		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2419	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2420		of the qf file (older entries first).
2421	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2422		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2423		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2424		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2425	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2426		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2427	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2428		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2429		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2430		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2431		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2432	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2433		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2434		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2435	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2436		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2437		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2438		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2439		details.
2440	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2441		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2442	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2443		and the usual documentation for details.
2444	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2445	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2446		announced in 8.10.
2447	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2448	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2449		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2450		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2451	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2452		-r (number of retries).
2453	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2454		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2455		and value separated by the given separator.
2456	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2457		to map class arith.
2458	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2459		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2460	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2461		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2462	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2463		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2464		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2465	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2466		filenames with spaces).
2467	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2468	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2469		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2470		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2471		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2472		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2473		to the loopback net.
2474	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2475	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2476		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2477	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2478		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2479	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2480		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2481	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2482		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2483		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2484		Development Group.
2485	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2486		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2487		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2488		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2489		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2490		load average is exceeded.
2491	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2492		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2493		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2494		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2495		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2496	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2497	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2498	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2499		instead.
2500	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2501		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2502	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2503		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2504		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2505	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2506		for direct (command line) submissions.
2507	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2508		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2509		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2510	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2511		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2512		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2513	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2514		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2515		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2516		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2517	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2518		before logging.
2519	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2520		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2521	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2522	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2523		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2524		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2525	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2526		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2527		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2528	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2529		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2530		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2531		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2532		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2533		See libsm/index.html for details.
2534	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2535		care of by fork() and exit().
2536	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2537		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2538		new and old (from new libsm).
2539	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2540		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2541	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2542	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2543		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2544		synchronizations calls.
2545	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2546	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2547	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2548		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2549	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2550		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2551		for details.
2552	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2553		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2554		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2555		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2556	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2557		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2558		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2559	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2560		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2561		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2562		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2563		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2564		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2565		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2566	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2567		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2568	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2569		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2570	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2571		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2572		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2573		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2574		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2575		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2576		Urbana-Champaign.
2577	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2578		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2579	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2580		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2581		connections.
2582	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2583		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2584		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2585		cf/README.
2586	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2587		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2588		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2589		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2590		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2591		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2592		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2593		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2594		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2595		example).
2596	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2597		the default schema used in the above two items.
2598	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2599		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2600		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2601	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2602		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2603		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2604	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2605		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2606		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2607		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2608		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2609	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2610		HELO/EHLO commands.
2611	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2612		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2613		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2614		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2615		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2616		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2617		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2618	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2619		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2620		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2621		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2622		(verbose) command line option.
2623	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2624		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2625		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2626		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2627	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2628		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2629		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2630	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2631		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2632		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2633	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2634		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2635		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2636		British Columbia.
2637	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2638		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2639	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2640		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2641		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2642		if required.
2643	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2644		class instead.
2645	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2646		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2647		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2648		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2649	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2650		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2651	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2652		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2653		Nelson of IBM.
2654	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2655		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2656		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2657		their defaults are:
2658		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2659		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2660		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2661		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2662		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2663		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2664		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2665	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2666		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2667	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2668		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2669		Meteorological Institute.
2670	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2671		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2672		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2673	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2674		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2675		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2676	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2677		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2678		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2679		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2680		See sendmail/README for further information.
2681	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2682		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2683		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2684	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2685		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2686		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2687	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2688		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2689	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2690		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2691		flora.ca.
2692	Portability:
2693		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2694			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2695			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2696		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2697			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2698			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2699			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2700			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2701			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2702		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2703			Solaris 8 and later.
2704		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2705	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2706	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2707	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2708	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2709	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2710		temporary lookup failures.
2711	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2712		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2713		or IP nets.
2714	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2715		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2716		to get through.
2717	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2718		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2719		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2720		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2721		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2722	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2723		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2724		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2725		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2726	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2727		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2728		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2729	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2730		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2731		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2732	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2733		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2734	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2735		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2736		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2737	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2738		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2739		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2740		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2741		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2742	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2743		cf/README for details.
2744	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2745		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2746		University of Maryland.
2747	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2748		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2749	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2750		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2751		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2752	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2753		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2754		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2755		Solving.
2756	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2757		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2758	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2759		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2760	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2761		immediately.
2762	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2763		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2764		See cf/README for details.
2765	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2766		temporary lookup failures.
2767	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2768		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2769	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2770		memory use.
2771	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2772		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2773		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2774		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2775		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2776	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2777		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2778	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2779		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2780	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2781		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2782	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2783		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2784		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2785		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2786	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2787	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2788		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2789		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2790		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2791		additional details.
2792	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2793		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2794		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2795		information.
2796	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2797		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2798		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2799	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2800		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2801		recipients as user unknown.
2802	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2803		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2804		section of cf/README for more information.
2805	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2806		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2807		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2808	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2809		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2810		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2811	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2812		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2813		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2814		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2815		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2816		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2817		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2818		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2819		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2820		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2821		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2822	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2823		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2824		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2825		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2826		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2827	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2828		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2829		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2830		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2831		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2832		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2833		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2834		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2835		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2836		doc/op/op.me for details.
2837	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2838		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2839		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2840	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2841		dequote map.
2842	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2843	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2844		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2845	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2846		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2847		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2848		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2849		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2850		This affects the access database as well as the
2851		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2852	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2853	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2854	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2855		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2856		Mississippi State University.
2857	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2858		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2859	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2860		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2861		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2862	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2863		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2864		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2865	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2866		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2867		systems which don't include cat directories.
2868	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2869	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2870		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2871		mailbox database type.
2872	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2873		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2874		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2875		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2876	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2877		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2878	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2879		instead of white space.
2880	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2881		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2882		Meteorological Institute.
2883	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2884	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2885		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2886	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2887		instead of syslog.
2888	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2889		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2890		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2891		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2892	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2893		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2894		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2895		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2896	New Directories:
2897		libmilter/docs
2898	New Files:
2899		cf/cf/README
2900		cf/cf/submit.cf
2901		cf/cf/submit.mc
2902		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2903		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2904		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2905		cf/feature/msp.m4
2906		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2907		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2908		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2909		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2910		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2911		cf/sendmail.schema
2912		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2913		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2914		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2915		editmap/*
2916		include/sm/*
2917		libsm/*
2918		libsmutil/cf.c
2919		libsmutil/err.c
2920		sendmail/SECURITY
2921		sendmail/TUNING
2922		sendmail/bf.c
2923		sendmail/bf.h
2924		sendmail/sasl.c
2925		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2926		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2927		sendmail/tls.c
2928	Deleted Files:
2929		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2930		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2931		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2932		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2933		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2934		include/sendmail/useful.h
2935		libsmutil/errstring.c
2936		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2937		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2938		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2939		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2940		sendmail/clock.c
2941	Renamed Files:
2942		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2943		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2944		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2945
29468.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2947	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2948		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2949		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2950		of ISS X-Force.
2951	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2952		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2953		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2954		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2955		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2956		includes DNS.
2957	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2958		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2959		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2960		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2961	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2962		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2963		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2964		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2965		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2966		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2967		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2968	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2969		across various connections.  This could cause session
2970		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2971		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2972		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2973	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2974		canonical name for a host.
2975	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2976	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2977		or the queue.
2978	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2979		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2980		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2981		Polytechnic Institute.
2982	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2983		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2984		Purdue University.
2985	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2986		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2987		Texas.
2988	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2989		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2990		error.
2991	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2992		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2993	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2994		and vacation.
2995	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2996		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2997	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2998		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2999		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3000	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3001		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3002		Sun Microsystems.
3003	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3004		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
3005		iDEFENSE, Inc.
3006
30078.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
3008	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3009		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
3010		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3011	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
3012		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3013		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3014		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
3015		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3016	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3017		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
3018		Werner Wiethege.
3019	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
3020		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3021
30228.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
3023	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3024		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
3025		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3026		of SE Netway Communications.
3027	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3028		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3029	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3030		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3031		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
3032		Bosserman of EarthLink.
3033	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3034		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3035	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3036		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3037		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3038		University College.
3039	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
3040		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3041	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3042		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3043		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3044		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3045		University at Albany.
3046	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3047		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3048	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3049		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3050		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3051		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3052	Portability:
3053		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
3054			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3055		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3056			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3057		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3058			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3059		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
3060			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3061	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3062		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3063
30648.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
3065	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3066		corruption and other potential race conditions.
3067		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3068		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
3069		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
3070		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3071	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3072		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3073		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3074	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3075		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3076		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3077	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
3078		from Kenji Miyake.
3079	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3080		QueueDirectory wildcards.
3081	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3082		the same map again while exiting.
3083	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3084		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3085		of Tuebingen.
3086	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3087		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3088		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3089		Oklahoma State University.
3090	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3091		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3092		InTouch Systems, Inc.
3093	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3094		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3095		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3096		Morgan Stanley.
3097	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3098		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
3099		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3100	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
3101		from Werner Wiethege.
3102	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3103		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
3104	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3105		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3106		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3107		Internet Services.
3108	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
3109		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3110	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
3111		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3112	Portability:
3113		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3114	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3115		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3116	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3117	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3118		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3119		Meteorological Institute.
3120	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3121		since it generates random process ids.
3122	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3123		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3124		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3125	New Files:
3126		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3127
31288.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
3129	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3130		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3131		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3132		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3133	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3134		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3135		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3136		communications consulting gmbh.
3137	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3138		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3139	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3140		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3141		connection came in from the command line.
3142	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3143		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3144		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3145	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3146		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3147	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3148		when they were committed.
3149	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3150		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3151	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3152		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3153		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3154		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3155	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3156		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3157		University.
3158	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3159		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3160		accept() completes.
3161	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3162		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3163	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3164		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3165		Wellcome.
3166	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3167		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3168		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3169		University.
3170	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3171		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3172		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3173		University of New Brunswick.
3174	Portability:
3175		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3176			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3177			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3178		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3179			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3180		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3181			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3182			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3183		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3184			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3185			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3186	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3187		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3188	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3189		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3190	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3191		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3192		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3193		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3194		Institute.
3195	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3196		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3197		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3198	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3199		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3200	Renamed Files:
3201		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3202
32038.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3204	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3205		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3206		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3207		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3208		Schools" project (IdS).
3209	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3210		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3211		be enabled by compiling with:
3212		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3213		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3214		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3215	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3216		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3217	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3218		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3219		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3220		Colby College.
3221	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3222		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3223	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3224		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3225		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3226		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3227	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3228		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3229		NxNetworks, Inc.
3230	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3231		client name.
3232	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3233		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3234		the Universitat Regensburg.
3235	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3236		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3237		University of Arizona.
3238	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3239		of Collective Technologies.
3240	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3241		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3242		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3243		Engineering.
3244	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3245		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3246		Meteorological Institute.
3247	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3248		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3249	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3250		Meteorological Institute.
3251	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3252		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3253		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3254		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3255	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3256		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3257		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3258	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3259		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3260		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3261	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3262		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3263		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3264		counting.
3265	Portability:
3266		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3267			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3268			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3269		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3270			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3271		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3272			Rosenman.
3273		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3274			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3275		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3276			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3277			of Pacific Access.
3278		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3279			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3280		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3281			Microsystems.
3282	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3283		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3284		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3285	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3286		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3287	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3288		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3289	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3290		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3291	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3292		Virginia Tech.
3293	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3294		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3295		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3296	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3297	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3298		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3299		gmbh.
3300	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3301		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3302	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3303		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3304		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3305		of Kyoto University.
3306	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3307		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3308		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3309		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3310		version.
3311	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3312		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3313		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3314	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3315	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3316		or *-owner.
3317	New Files:
3318		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3319		contrib/buildvirtuser
3320		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3321
33228.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3323	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3324		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3325	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3326		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3327		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3328		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3329		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3330	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3331		wildcards.
3332	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3333		process may close the connection before the child process
3334		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3335		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3336		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3337	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3338		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3339	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3340		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3341		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3342		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3343	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3344		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3345		of EarthLink.
3346	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3347	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3348		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3349		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3350	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3351		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3352	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3353		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3354		Fournier of Acadia University.
3355	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3356		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3357		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3358		one of the others may be able to take over.
3359	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3360		previous load average query result.
3361	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3362		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3363		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3364		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3365	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3366		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3367	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3368		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3369		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3370	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3371		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3372	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3373		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3374		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3375	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3376		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3377	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3378		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3379		University of British Columbia.
3380	Portability:
3381		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3382			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3383			override the setting.  Suggested by
3384			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3385		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3386			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3387			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3388		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3389			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3390			College.
3391		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3392			Tom Moore of NCR.
3393		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3394			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3395		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3396			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3397			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3398		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3399			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3400			Consulting.
3401	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3402		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3403	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3404		errors in the MAIL address.
3405	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3406		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3407	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3408		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3409	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3410		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3411		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3412		Ericsson.
3413	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3414		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3415		mailer as described in cf/README.
3416	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3417		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3418	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3419		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3420	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3421		sendmail.
3422	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3423		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3424		Meteorological Institute.
3425	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3426	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3427		dot as the only character on the line.
3428	New Files:
3429		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3430
34318.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3432	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3433		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3434		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3435		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3436		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3437		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3438		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3439	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3440		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3441		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3442		Systems in this category should compile with
3443		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3444		system and report broken implementations to
3445		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3446		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3447	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3448		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3449		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3450	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3451		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3452		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3453		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3454	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3455		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3456		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3457		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3458	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3459		random data.
3460	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3461		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3462		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3463	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3464		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3465		Martin of CMU.
3466	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3467		strength factor.
3468	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3469		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3470		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3471		of CMU.
3472	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3473		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3474		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3475	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3476		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3477		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3478		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3479		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3480		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3481		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3482		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3483	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3484		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3485		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3486		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3487		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3488		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3489	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3490		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3491		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3492		of Sun Microsystems.
3493	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3494		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3495		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3496		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3497		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3498		delivery attempts.
3499	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3500		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3501		smoe.org.
3502	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3503		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3504		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3505	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3506		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3507	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3508		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3509		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3510		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3511	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3512		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3513		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3514	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3515		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3516		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3517		of Northern Illinois University.
3518	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3519		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3520	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3521		to kilobyte units.
3522	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3523		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3524		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3525		Polytechnic.
3526	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3527		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3528		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3529		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3530	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3531		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3532		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3533	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3534		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3535	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3536		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3537		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3538	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3539		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3540		G. Thomas Consulting.
3541	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3542		port number (113).
3543	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3544		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3545	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3546		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3547		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3548	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3549		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3550		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3551		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3552	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3553		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3554		University of Mainz.
3555	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3556		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3557	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3558		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3559	Portability:
3560		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3561			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3562			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3563		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3564		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3565			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3566			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3567			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3568		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3569			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3570		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3571			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3572			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3573			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3574			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3575	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3576		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3577	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3578		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3579		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3580		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3581		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3582		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3583		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3584		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3585		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3586	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3587		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3588		cf/README for more information.
3589	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3590	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3591		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3592	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3593		instead of temporary.
3594	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3595		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3596		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3597		Consulting.
3598	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3599		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3600		RootsWeb.com.
3601	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3602		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3603		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3604		University of Maryland.
3605	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3606		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3607	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3608		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3609		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3610		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3611		of the University of Alberta.
3612	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3613		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3614	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3615	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3616		of X.509 certificates.
3617	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3618		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3619		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3620		Universitat Regensburg.
3621	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3622		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3623	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3624		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3625	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3626		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3627	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3628		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3629		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3630	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3631		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3632	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3633		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3634		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3635		University.
3636	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3637	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3638		links.
3639	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3640		reported.
3641	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3642		Denman Tire Corporation.
3643	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3644		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3645	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3646	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3647		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3648	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3649		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3650	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3651		have a From line.
3652	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3653		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3654	Added Files:
3655		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3656		contrib/cidrexpand
3657		contrib/link_hash.sh
3658		contrib/movemail.conf
3659		contrib/movemail.pl
3660		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3661		test/t_snprintf.c
3662
36638.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3664	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3665		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3666		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3667		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3668		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3669	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3670		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3671	Added Files:
3672		test/t_setuid.c
3673
36748.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3675	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3676		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3677		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3678		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3679		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3680		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3681	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3682		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3683	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3684	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3685		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3686		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3687	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3688		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3689		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3690	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3691		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3692	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3693	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3694		or higher.
3695	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3696		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3697	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3698	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3699		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3700		Polytechnic Institute.
3701	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3702		discards the message.
3703	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3704		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3705		attempted to the alias.
3706	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3707		flag options.
3708	Portability:
3709		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3710			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3711			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3712			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3713			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3714		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3715			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3716		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3717			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3718		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3719		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3720			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3721		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3722			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3723			Services, LLC.
3724		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3725			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3726			Courtesan Consulting.
3727		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3728			Siemens Business Services.
3729	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3730		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3731		of WSRCC.
3732	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3733	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3734		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3735	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3736		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3737	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3738	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3739		of NEC.
3740	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3741		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3742	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3743		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3744		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3745		Virginia Tech.
3746	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3747		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3748		University.
3749	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3750		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3751		release.
3752	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3753		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3754		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3755		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3756	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3757		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3758		Sendmail.
3759	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3760		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3761		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3762	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3763		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3764	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3765		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3766		Northern Illinois University.
3767	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3768		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3769		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3770		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3771	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3772		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3773	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3774		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3775		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3776	Added Files:
3777		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3778		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3779	Deleted Files:
3780		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3781	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3782		doc/intro
3783		doc/usenix
3784		doc/changes
3785
37868.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3787	    *************************************************************
3788	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3789	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3790	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3791	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3792	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3793	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3794	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3795	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3796	    *								*
3797	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3798	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3799	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3800	    *************************************************************
3801	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3802		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3803		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3804		symbolic link target.
3805	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3806		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3807		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3808	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3809		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3810		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3811		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3812		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3813		version of sendmail.
3814	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3815		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3816		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3817		(IdS).
3818	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3819		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3820	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3821		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3822	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3823		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3824		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3825		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3826		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3827		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3828	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3829		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3830		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3831		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3832	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3833		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3834		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3835	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3836		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3837		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3838	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3839		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3840		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3841		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3842		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3843		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3844	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3845		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3846		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3847	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3848		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3849		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3850		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3851		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3852		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3853	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3854		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3855		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3856		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3857	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3858		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3859		accordingly.
3860	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3861		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3862		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3863		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3864		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3865		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3866		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3867	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3868		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3869		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3870		InCert Software.
3871	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3872		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3873		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3874	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3875		a control socket request.
3876	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3877		settings:
3878		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3879			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3880			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3881			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3882		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3883			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3884			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3885		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3886			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3887			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3888			delivery attempt.
3889		Timeout.resolver.retry
3890			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3891			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3892			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3893		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3894			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3895			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3896		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3897			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3898			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3899			delivery attempt.
3900		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3901	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3902		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3903		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3904		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3905		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3906		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3907		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3908		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3909		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3910		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3911	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3912		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3913		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3914		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3915		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3916		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3917		Telecommunications Ltd.
3918	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3919		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3920		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3921		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3922		Inc.
3923	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3924		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3925		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3926	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3927		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3928	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3929		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3930		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3931	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3932		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3933	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3934	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3935		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3936		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3937	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3938		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3939		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3940	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3941		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3942		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3943		Ltd.
3944	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3945		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3946		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3947		example mailer might be:
3948			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3949				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3950				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3951		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3952	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3953		instead.
3954	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3955		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3956		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3957		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3958	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3959		flags.
3960	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3961		body of the original message on delivery status
3962		notifications.
3963	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3964		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3965	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3966		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3967		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3968	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3969		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3970		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3971	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3972		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3973		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3974		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3975	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3976		Conwell of Boston University.
3977	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3978		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3979	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3980		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3981		@Home Network.
3982	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3983		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3984		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3985	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3986		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3987		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3988	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3989		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3990		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3991		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3992		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3993	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3994		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3995		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3996	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3997		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3998		Mathias Herberts.
3999	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4000		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4001		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4002		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4003		in check_compat).
4004	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4005		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4006		option.
4007	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4008	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4009		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4010	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4011		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4012	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4013	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4014		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4015	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4016		is set.
4017	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4018		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4019	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4020		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
4021		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4022	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4023	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4024	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4025		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
4026		a denial-of-service attack.
4027	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4028		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
4029		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4030		overflow attacks.
4031	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4032		alias recursion.
4033	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4034	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4035	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4036		directly before the newline.
4037	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4038		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4039		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
4040		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4041		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4042		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
4043		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4044		could not be opened.
4045	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
4046		value of this option is macro expanded.
4047	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4048		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4049	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4050		(along with the already existing macros):
4051		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
4052		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4053		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4054		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4055		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4056		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
4057		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4058	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4059		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4060		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
4061		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4062		loopback net.
4063	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4064		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4065		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4066	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4067		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4068		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
4069		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4070		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4071	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
4072		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4073		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
4074		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4075		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4076	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4077		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4078		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
4079		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4080	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4081		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4082		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
4083		Ericsson.
4084	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4085		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
4086		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
4087		of Ericsson.
4088	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4089		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
4090		of Renaissance Internet Services.
4091	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4092		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4093		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4094	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4095		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4096		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
4097		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4098	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4099		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
4100	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4101		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4102	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4103		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4104		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4105	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4106	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4107		equate name.
4108	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4109		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4110	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4111		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4112	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4113		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
4114		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
4115		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4116		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4117		David Cooley of Colby College.
4118	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4119		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
4120		already decided the message will be passed to another host
4121		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4122		Buckeridge Young Limited.
4123	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4124		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4125		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
4126		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
4127		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4128		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
4129		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4130		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
4131		of Stanford University.
4132	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
4133		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4134	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4135		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4136		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
4137		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
4138		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4139		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4140		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4141	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4142		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4143		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4144		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4145	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4146	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4147		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4148	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4149		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4150		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4151		comma separated key and value strings.
4152	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4153		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4154		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4155		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4156		a single connection to that host.
4157	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4158	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4159		LDAP lookups.
4160	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4161		resources.
4162	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4163	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4164	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4165		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4166		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4167		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4168		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4169		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4170		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4171		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4172		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4173		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4174		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4175		with the name "*".
4176	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4177		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4178		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4179		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4180		matches to return.
4181	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4182		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4183		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4184		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4185		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4186		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4187		are defined.
4188	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4189		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4190		Tech.
4191	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4192		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4193		important if you have large classes.
4194	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4195		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4196		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4197	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4198		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4199		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4200		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4201		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4202		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4203	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4204		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4205		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4206		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4207		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4208		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4209		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4210		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4211	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4212		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4213		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4214		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4215		has no effect.
4216	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4217		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4218	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4219		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4220	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4221		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4222	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4223		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4224	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4225		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4226		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4227		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4228		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4229	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4230		10 or higher.
4231	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4232		information (from= syslog line).
4233	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4234		equate (dsn=).
4235	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4236	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4237		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4238		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4239	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4240		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4241		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4242	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4243		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4244	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4245		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4246		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4247		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4248		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4249		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4250	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4251		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4252		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4253	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4254		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4255		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4256	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4257		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4258		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4259	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4260		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4261	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4262		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4263		multiple files.
4264	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4265		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4266		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4267		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4268		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4269		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4270		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4271		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4272		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4273	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4274		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4275	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4276		length before the attempt.
4277	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4278		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4279		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4280		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4281		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4282	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4283		host status files, not all files.
4284	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4285		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4286		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4287		Wonderworks Inc.
4288	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4289		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4290		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4291		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4292		of Hannover.
4293	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4294		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4295		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4296		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4297		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4298		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4299	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4300		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4301		flag:
4302			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4303		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4304		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4305		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4306	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4307		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4308		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4309		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4310		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4311		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4312		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4313	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4314		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4315		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4316		version.
4317	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4318	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4319	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4320		if referencing a named ruleset.
4321	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4322		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4323	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4324		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4325		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4326		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4327		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4328		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4329		the University of Maryland.
4330	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4331		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4332	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4333		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4334	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4335		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4336		COMMANDS).
4337	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4338		but for outgoing connections.
4339	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4340		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4341			a	require authentication
4342			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4343				been received
4344			c	perform hostname canonification
4345			f	require fully qualified hostname
4346			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4347				command
4348			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4349			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4350	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4351			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4352	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4353	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4354		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4355		Institutes of Health.
4356	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4357		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4358	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4359	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4360		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4361	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4362	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4363		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4364	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4365		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4366	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4367		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4368		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4369	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4370		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4371		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4372	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4373	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4374		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4375		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4376	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4377		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4378		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4379		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4380		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4381	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4382		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4383		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4384		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4385		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4386		timeout.
4387	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4388		interface address structure when loading the system network
4389		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4390		Nanoteq.
4391	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4392		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4393		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4394		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4395		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4396	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4397		on load average.
4398	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4399		Northern Illinois University.
4400	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4401		envelope splitting has occurred.
4402	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4403		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4404	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4405	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4406		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4407		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4408		Institute.
4409	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4410		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4411		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4412	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4413		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4414		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4415		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4416	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4417		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4418	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4419		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4420	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4421		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4422	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4423		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4424	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4425		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4426		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4427		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4428	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4429		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4430	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4431		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4432	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4433		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4434		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4435		University.
4436	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4437		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4438		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4439	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4440		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4441		ruleset lines as well.
4442	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4443		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4444		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4445		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4446		Institute.
4447	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4448		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4449		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4450	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4451		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4452		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4453		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4454	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4455		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4456		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4457		of Ericsson.
4458	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4459		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4460		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4461		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4462	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4463		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4464		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4465		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4466		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4467	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4468		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4469		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4470		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4471	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4472		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4473		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4474		University.
4475	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4476		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4477		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4478		'sendmail -bs'.
4479	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4480		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4481		them in the .cf file.
4482	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4483		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4484		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4485		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4486	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4487		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4488	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4489		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4490		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4491	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4492		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4493		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4494		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4495		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4496	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4497		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4498	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4499		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4500		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4501	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4502		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4503	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4504		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4505		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4506	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4507		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4508		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4509	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4510		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4511		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4512		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4513	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4514		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4515		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4516		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4517		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4518		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4519	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4520		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4521		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4522		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4523		don't fail on ANY queries.
4524	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4525		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4526		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4527		Northern Illinois University.
4528	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4529		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4530		State University.
4531	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4532		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4533		Northern Illinois University.
4534	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4535		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4536	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4537	Portability:
4538		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4539			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4540			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4541			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4542			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4543		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4544			This allows network interface probing to work
4545			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4546			University of Iowa.
4547		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4548		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4549			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4550			name.
4551		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4552		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4553			Virginia Tech.
4554		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4555		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4556			Amsterdam.
4557		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4558		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4559			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4560		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4561			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4562			in building the operating system.  Users can
4563			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4564			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4565		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4566		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4567		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4568			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4569		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4570			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4571		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4572			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4573		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4574			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4575		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4576			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4577		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4578			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4579			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4580		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4581		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4582			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4583			use that value in conf.h.
4584		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4585			BITart Consulting.
4586		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4587			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4588			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4589			Computer, Inc.
4590		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4591			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4592			of E I A.
4593		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4594			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4595		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4596			fchown(2).
4597		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4598			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4599		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4600			srandomdev(3).
4601		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4602			setlogin(2).
4603		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4604			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4605			Siemens Business Services.
4606		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4607			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4608			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4609		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4610			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4611		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4612			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4613			Aerospace.
4614		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4615			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4616			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4617		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4618			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4619			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4620			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4621			University.
4622		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4623			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4624			Technology Information Network.
4625		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4626			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4627		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4628		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4629			and OpenBSD.
4630		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4631			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4632			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4633			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4634	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4635		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4636		details.
4637	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4638		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4639	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4640	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4641		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4642		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4643	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4644		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4645		Courtesan Consulting.
4646	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4647	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4648		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4649		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4650	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4651		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4652		multiple times.
4653	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4654		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4655		with From:).
4656	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4657		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4658	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4659		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4660		new functionality.
4661	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4662		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4663		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4664		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4665		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4666		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4667		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4668		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4669		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4670		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4671		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4672		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4673		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4674		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4675		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4676		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4677		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4678		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4679		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4680		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4681		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4682		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4683		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4684		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4685	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4686		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4687		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4688	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4689		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4690		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4691		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4692		to "IPC $h".
4693	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4694		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4695		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4696	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4697		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4698		value should be changed with care.
4699	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4700		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4701	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4702		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4703		complain.
4704	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4705		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4706		of Q7 Enterprises.
4707	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4708		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4709		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4710		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4711	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4712		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4713		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4714		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4715		of Northern Illinois University.
4716	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4717		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4718		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4719	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4720		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4721		in it.
4722	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4723		in class 'P' ($=P).
4724	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4725		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4726		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4727		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4728		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4729		is added.
4730	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4731		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4732	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4733		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4734	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4735		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4736	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4737		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4738	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4739		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4740	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4741		Hubert of University of Washington.
4742	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4743		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4744		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4745	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4746	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4747		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4748		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4749	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4750		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4751		Services.
4752	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4753		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4754		Aerospace.
4755	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4756		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4757		University and Brian Candler.
4758	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4759		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4760	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4761		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4762		Institute.
4763	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4764		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4765	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4766		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4767		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4768	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4769		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4770	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4771		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4772		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4773	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4774		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4775		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4776	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4777		converted to <user@d>
4778	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4779		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4780	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4781		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4782		performed.
4783	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4784		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4785		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4786		Institute.
4787	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4788		be accessed by their numbers).
4789	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4790		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4791		of an address.
4792	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4793		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4794		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4795		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4796	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4797		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4798		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4799	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4800		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4801	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4802	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4803		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4804		Institute.
4805	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4806	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4807		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4808		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4809		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4810	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4811		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4812		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4813	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4814		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4815	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4816		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4817	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4818		University of California at Berkeley.
4819	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4820		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4821	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4822		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4823	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4824		Corporation UK.
4825	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4826	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4827		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4828		Yale University.
4829	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4830		be used for building.
4831	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4832		used for a fresh build.
4833	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4834	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4835		ranlib.
4836	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4837		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4838	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4839		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4840		Costales.
4841	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4842		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4843		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4844		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4845	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4846		of Siemens Business Services.
4847	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4848		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4849		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4850		torek.
4851	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4852		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4853		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4854		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4855		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4856	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4857		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4858		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4859		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4860		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4861	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4862		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4863		are in devtools/README.
4864	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4865		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4866	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4867		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4868		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4869		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4870	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4871		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4872		macro.
4873	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4874	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4875		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4876		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4877		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4878		Corporation.
4879	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4880		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4881		confMANROOTMAN.
4882	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4883		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4884		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4885	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4886		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4887		Communications.
4888	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4889		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4890	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4891		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4892		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4893	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4894		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4895		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4896	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4897		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4898		install-strip target.
4899	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4900		the others (if it exists).
4901	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4902		then the default ones.
4903	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4904		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4905		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4906		to set the S flag.
4907	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4908		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4909		Northern Illinois University.
4910	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4911		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4912		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4913	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4914		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4915		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4916		University.
4917	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4918		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4919		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4920		University.
4921	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4922		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4923		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4924		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4925		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4926		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4927		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4928		University.
4929	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4930		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4931		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4932	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4933		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4934		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4935		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4936		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4937		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4938		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4939		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4940		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4941		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4942		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4943	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4944		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4945		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4946	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4947		timeout to avoid starvation.
4948	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4949		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4950		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4951	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4952	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4953		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4954		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4955		of Maryland.
4956	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4957		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4958		sendmail configuration file.
4959	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4960		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4961		option.
4962	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4963		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4964	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4965		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4966	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4967		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4968	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4969		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4970	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4971		Corporation UK.
4972	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4973		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4974		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4975		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4976	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4977		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4978		Institute for Global Communications.
4979	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4980		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4981		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4982	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4983		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4984		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4985	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4986		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4987		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4988	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4989		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4990	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4991	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4992		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4993	Changed Files:
4994		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4995			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4996			which execute the actual Build script in
4997			devtools/bin.
4998		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4999			-mandoc as they were previously.
5000		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5001			of Build will work (unless parameters are
5002			required for Build).
5003	New Directories:
5004		devtools/M4/UNIX
5005		include
5006		libmilter
5007		libsmdb
5008		libsmutil
5009		vacation
5010	Renamed Directories:
5011		BuildTools => devtools
5012		src => sendmail
5013	Deleted Files:
5014		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
5015		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5016		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5017		devtools/OS/SINIX
5018		sendmail/ldap_map.h
5019	New Files:
5020		INSTALL
5021		PGPKEYS
5022		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5023		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5024		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5025		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
5026		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5027		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5028		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5029		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5030		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
5031		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
5032		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
5033		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5034		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5035		contrib/domainmap.m4
5036		contrib/qtool.8
5037		contrib/qtool.pl
5038		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5039		devtools/M4/list.m4
5040		devtools/M4/string.m4
5041		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5042		devtools/M4/switch.m4
5043		devtools/OS/Darwin
5044		devtools/OS/GNU
5045		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5046		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5047		devtools/OS/m88k
5048		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5049		mail.local/Makefile
5050		mailstats/Makefile
5051		makemap/Makefile
5052		praliases/Makefile
5053		rmail/Makefile
5054		sendmail/Makefile
5055		sendmail/bf.h
5056		sendmail/bf_portable.c
5057		sendmail/bf_portable.h
5058		sendmail/bf_torek.c
5059		sendmail/bf_torek.h
5060		sendmail/shmticklib.c
5061		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5062		sendmail/timers.c
5063		sendmail/timers.h
5064		smrsh/Makefile
5065		vacation/Makefile
5066	Renamed Files:
5067		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5068		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5069		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5070		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5071		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5072		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5073		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5074		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5075		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5076	Copied Files:
5077		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5078
50798.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
5080	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5081		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5082		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5083		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5084		Schools" project (IdS).
5085	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5086		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
5087		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
5088		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5089	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5090		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
5091		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
5092		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5093	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5094		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5095		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5096		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5097	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5098		ExecPC Internet Systems.
5099	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5100		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5101		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5102		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
5103		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5104		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5105	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5106		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
5107		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5108		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5109	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5110		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5111		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5112		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5113	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5114		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5115	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5116		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
5117		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5118		group of the IETF.
5119	Portability:
5120		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5121			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
5122			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5123			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
5124			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
5125			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5126			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5127			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5128			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5129			Technical University of Denmark.
5130		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5131			Supercomputer Center.
5132		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5133			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5134			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5135			of Stanford University.
5136		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5137			between different releases.  Back out the
5138			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5139			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5140			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5141			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5142		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5143			of Siemens/SNI.
5144		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5145	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5146		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5147		University of Brno.
5148	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5149		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5150		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5151	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5152		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5153		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5154	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5155		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5156	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5157		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5158		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5159	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5160		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5161		MIDS Europe.
5162	New Files:
5163		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5164		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5165		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5166
51678.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5168	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5169		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5170		for a denial of service attack.
5171	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5172		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5173	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5174		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5175		Corporation UK.
5176	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5177		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5178	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5179		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5180	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5181		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5182		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5183		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5184		Internet Services.
5185	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5186		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5187		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5188		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5189	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5190		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5191		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5192	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5193		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5194	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5195		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5196		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5197	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5198		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5199		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5200	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5201		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5202		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5203		Internet Services.
5204	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5205		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5206		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5207	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5208		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5209		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5210		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5211		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5212		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5213		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5214		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5215		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5216		extended testing.
5217	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5218		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5219	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5220		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5221		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5222		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5223	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5224		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5225		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5226		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5227		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5228	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5229		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5230		Network.
5231	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5232		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5233	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5234		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5235		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5236		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5237		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5238	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5239		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5240		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5241	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5242		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5243	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5244		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5245		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5246		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5247		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5248	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5249		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5250		Meteorological Institute.
5251	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5252	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5253		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5254	Portability:
5255		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5256		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5257			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5258			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5259		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5260			reading network interface addresses into
5261			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5262			Cal State University, Chico.
5263		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5264			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5265			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5266			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5267		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5268			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5269		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5270		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5271			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5272		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5273		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5274			of Sun Microsystems.
5275		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5276			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5277		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5278			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5279		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5280			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5281		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5282			of E I A.
5283		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5284			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5285			Information Center.
5286		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5287			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5288			Institute.
5289		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5290			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5291	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5292		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5293		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5294	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5295		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5296		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5297		Manawatu Internet Services.
5298	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5299		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5300		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5301		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5302		of Northern Illinois University.
5303	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5304		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5305		Kiel.
5306	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5307		Dot Com.
5308	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5309		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5310		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5311	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5312		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5313		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5314		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5315		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5316		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5317	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5318		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5319	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5320		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5321	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5322		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5323	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5324		the envelope From header.
5325	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5326		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5327	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5328		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5329	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5330		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5331		Portal Services, Inc.
5332	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5333		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5334		Sun Microsystems.
5335	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5336	New Files:
5337		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5338		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5339		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5340		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5341		src/control.c
5342
53438.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5344	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5345		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5346		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5347		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5348	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5349		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5350		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5351		Meteorological Institute.
5352	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5353		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5354		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5355	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5356		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5357		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5358		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5359	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5360		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5361	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5362		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5363	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5364		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5365		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5366	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5367		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5368		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5369		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5370	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5371		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5372		Flextech TV.
5373	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5374		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5375		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5376	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5377		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5378		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5379		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5380	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5381		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5382	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5383		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5384	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5385		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5386		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5387	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5388		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5389		University.
5390	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5391		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5392		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5393		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5394		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5395		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5396	Portability:
5397		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5398			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5399			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5400			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5401		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5402			of BSDI.
5403		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5404			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5405			PICT Inc.
5406		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5407			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5408		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5409			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5410	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5411		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5412		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5413		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5414	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5415		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5416		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5417	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5418		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5419		would not accept @@hostname.
5420	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5421		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5422	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5423		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5424		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5425	New Files:
5426		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5427
54288.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5429	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5430		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5431		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5432		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5433		which need the ability to override security can use the
5434		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5435		information.
5436	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5437		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5438		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5439		world writable directories.
5440	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5441		it is in a world writable directory.
5442	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5443		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5444		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5445		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5446		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5447	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5448		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5449		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5450	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5451		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5452		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5453		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5454		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5455		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5456		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5457		default.
5458	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5459		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5460		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5461		the University of Maryland.
5462	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5463		of Cal State University, Chico.
5464	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5465		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5466		current version of Berkeley DB.
5467	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5468		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5469	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5470		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5471		of Maryland.
5472	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5473		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5474		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5475		Microsystems.
5476	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5477		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5478		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5479		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5480	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5481		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5482	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5483		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5484		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5485		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5486	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5487		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5488		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5489		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5490		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5491	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5492		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5493		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5494		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5495	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5496		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5497		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5498	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5499		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5500		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5501	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5502		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5503		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5504		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5505		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5506		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5507		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5508		relaying entirely.
5509	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5510		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5511		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5512		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5513	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5514		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5515		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5516		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5517	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5518		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5519		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5520		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5521		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5522	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5523		sender for those failures.
5524	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5525		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5526		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5527		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5528		of Ericsson.
5529	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5530		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5531		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5532		of Procter & Gamble.
5533	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5534		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5535		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5536		of Procter & Gamble.
5537	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5538		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5539		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5540		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5541		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5542			Safe
5543			AssumeSafeChown
5544			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5545			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5546			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5547			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5548			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5549			GroupWritableAliasFile
5550			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5551			WorldWritableAliasFile
5552			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5553			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5554			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5555			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5556			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5557			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5558			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5559			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5560			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5561			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5562			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5563			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5564			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5565			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5566			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5567			WriteMapToHardLink
5568			WriteMapToSymLink
5569			WriteStatsToHardLink
5570			WriteStatsToSymLink
5571			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5572			RunWritableProgram
5573	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5574		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5575		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5576		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5577		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5578	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5579		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5580	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5581		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5582	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5583	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5584		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5585		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5586		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5587		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5588	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5589		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5590		contrast to the success case).
5591	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5592		of the form:
5593			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5594		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5595		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5596		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5597	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5598		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5599		headers.
5600	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5601		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5602		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5603		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5604	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5605		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5606		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5607		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5608		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5609		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5610	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5611		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5612		remote identity can be queried.
5613	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5614		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5615		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5616		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5617	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5618		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5619		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5620		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5621	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5622		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5623		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5624		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5625	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5626		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5627		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5628		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5629		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5630		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5631	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5632		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5633		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5634		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5635		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5636		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5637		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5638	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5639		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5640		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5641	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5642	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5643		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5644	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5645		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5646	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5647		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5648		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5649		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5650	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5651		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5652		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5653		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5654	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5655		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5656		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5657	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5658		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5659		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5660		Institute.
5661	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5662		mail.local.
5663	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5664		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5665		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5666	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5667		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5668		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5669	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5670		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5671		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5672	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5673		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5674	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5675		mailstats command.
5676	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5677		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5678		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5679	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5680		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5681		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5682		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5683	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5684		Ericsson.
5685	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5686		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5687		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5688		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5689	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5690		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5691		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5692		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5693		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5694	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5695		currently supported version.
5696	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5697		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5698	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5699		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5700		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5701		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5702	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5703		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5704		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5705		message in error bounces.
5706	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5707		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5708		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5709	Portability:
5710		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5711			of Kyoto University.
5712		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5713			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5714			Maryland.
5715		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5716		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5717			in Finland.
5718		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5719			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5720			the University of Maryland.
5721		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5722			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5723		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5724			Meteorological Institute.
5725		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5726			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5727		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5728		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5729		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5730		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5731			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5732			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5733			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5734			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5735		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5736			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5737		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5738			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5739			Microsystems.
5740	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5741	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5742		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5743		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5744	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5745		directory for certain programs.
5746	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5747		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5748		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5749		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5750		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5751	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5752		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5753		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5754		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5755	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5756		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5757		the user to setup different .forward files for
5758		user+detail addressing.
5759	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5760		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5761		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5762	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5763		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5764		outside your domain).
5765	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5766		any site to any site.
5767	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5768		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5769	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5770		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5771	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5772		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5773		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5774		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5775		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5776	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5777		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5778	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5779		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5780	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5781		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5782		host names only.
5783	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5784		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5785		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5786		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5787		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5788		needed for most installations.
5789	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5790		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5791		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5792		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5793		the University of Maryland.
5794	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5795		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5796		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5797	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5798		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5799		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5800	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5801		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5802	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5803		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5804	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5805		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5806		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5807		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5808		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5809	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5810		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5811		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5812		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5813		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5814		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5815		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5816	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5817		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5818	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5819		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5820		above for more information.
5821	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5822		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5823		Meteorological Institute.
5824	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5825		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5826		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5827		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5828		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5829	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5830		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5831	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5832		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5833		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5834		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5835	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5836		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5837		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5838		CMU (now of Netscape).
5839	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5840		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5841		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5842		read mail.local/README.
5843	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5844		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5845		University of Maryland.
5846	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5847		University, Chico.
5848	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5849		Meteorological Institute.
5850	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5851		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5852		University of Maryland.
5853	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5854		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5855	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5856	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5857	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5858		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5859		Braunschweig.
5860	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5861		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5862		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5863	Changed Files:
5864		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5865			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5866		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5867	New Files:
5868		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5869		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5870		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5871		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5872		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5873		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5874		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5875		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5876		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5877		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5878		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5879		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5880		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5881		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5882		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5883		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5884		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5885		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5886		BuildTools/README
5887		BuildTools/Site/README
5888		BuildTools/bin/Build
5889		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5890		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5891		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5892		Makefile
5893		cf/cf/Build
5894		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5895		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5896		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5897		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5898		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5899		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5900		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5901		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5902		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5903		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5904		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5905		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5906		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5907		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5908		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5909		mail.local/Build
5910		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5911		mail.local/README
5912		mailstats/Build
5913		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5914		makemap/Build
5915		makemap/Makefile.m4
5916		praliases/Build
5917		praliases/Makefile.m4
5918		rmail/Build
5919		rmail/Makefile.m4
5920		rmail/rmail.0
5921		smrsh/Build
5922		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5923		src/Build
5924		src/Makefile.m4
5925		src/snprintf.c
5926	Deleted Files:
5927		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5928		mail.local/Makefile
5929		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5930		mailstats/Makefile
5931		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5932		makemap/Makefile
5933		makemap/Makefile.dist
5934		praliases/Makefile
5935		praliases/Makefile.dist
5936		rmail/Makefile
5937		smrsh/Makefile
5938		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5939		src/Makefile
5940		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5941		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5942			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5943		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5944	Renamed Files:
5945		READ_ME => README
5946		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5947		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5948		src/READ_ME => src/README
5949
59508.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5951	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5952		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5953		Meteorological Institute.
5954	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5955		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5956		Arseneault of SRI International.
5957	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5958		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5959		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5960	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5961		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5962	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5963		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5964		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5965		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5966	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5967		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5968		River Systems.
5969	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5970		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5971		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5972		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5973		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5974	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5975		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5976		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5977		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5978		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5979	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5980		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5981		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5982		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5983	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5984	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5985		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5986	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5987		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5988		results during a single message processing (but would
5989		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5990		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5991	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5992		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5993		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5994	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5995		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5996		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5997		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5998	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5999		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
6000		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6001		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6002	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6003		and the inability to save a bounce message to
6004		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6005		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6006		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6007		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6008		Associates.
6009	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
6010		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6011		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6012		could cause confusing error messages.
6013	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6014		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
6015		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6016		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6017		SuperNet, Inc.
6018	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
6019		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6020	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6021		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6022		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6023	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6024		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6025		dropped.
6026	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6027		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
6028		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6029	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6030		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6031		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6032	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6033		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6034		Institute.
6035	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6036		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6037		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6038		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6039	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6040		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6041		RUS University of Stuttgart.
6042	Minor lint fixes.
6043	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6044		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
6045		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
6046		of Stanford University.
6047	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6048		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
6049		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6050	Portability:
6051		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6052			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6053			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6054			Electronic Data Systems.
6055		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
6056			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6057		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6058		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6059			loader environment variables into the loader memory
6060			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
6061			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6062			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6063			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
6064			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6065		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6066			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6067			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
6068			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6069		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
6070			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6071		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
6072			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6073		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6074			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6075			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6076			Services.
6077		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6078			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6079		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6080			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
6081			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6082		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6083			Services VAS.
6084	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6085	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6086	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6087			Ericsson.
6088
60898.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
6090	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6091		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6092		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6093		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6094		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6095		GmbH.
6096	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6097		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
6098		of Technology, Stockholm.
6099	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6100		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6101		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6102		that these routines are included as though they were in the
6103		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6104	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6105		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6106		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6107		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6108	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6109		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
6110		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6111		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6112	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
6113		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6114		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
6115		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6116	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6117	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6118		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
6119		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6120	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6121		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6122		have to assume that the information is good.
6123	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6124		open or locked.
6125	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6126	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6127		errors during testing.
6128	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6129		printed in the error message.
6130	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6131		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6132	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6133		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6134		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6135	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6136		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6137		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6138	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6139		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
6140		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6141		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6142		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6143		Results Computing.
6144	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6145		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6146		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6147		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6148		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6149	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6150		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6151		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6152		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6153		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6154		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6155		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6156		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6157		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6158		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6159		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6160		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6161		simultaneously.
6162	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6163		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6164	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6165		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6166		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6167	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6168		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6169		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6170		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6171	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6172		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6173		CSU Chico.
6174	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6175		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6176		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6177		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6178	Portability:
6179		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6180			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6181			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6182			be used instead.
6183		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6184			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6185		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6186		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6187		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6188			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6189		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6190			in Makefiles.
6191		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6192			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6193		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6194			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6195			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6196			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6197			NCR Corp.
6198		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6199			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6200		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6201			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6202			Resource Network
6203		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6204			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6205			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6206			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6207			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6208			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6209		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6210			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6211			Corp.
6212		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6213			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6214			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6215		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6216			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6217		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6218			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6219			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6220			PlainTalk.
6221	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6222		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6223		by Harry Styron.
6224	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6225		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6226	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6227	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6228		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6229		changed after open".
6230	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6231		files.
6232	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6233	NEW FILES:
6234		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6235		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6236		test/t_exclopen.c
6237		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6238	DELETED FILES:
6239		Makefile
6240
62418.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6242	    *************************************************************
6243	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6244	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6245	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6246	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6247	    *************************************************************
6248	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6249		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6250		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6251		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6252		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6253		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6254		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6255		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6256		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6257		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6258		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6259		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6260		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6261		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6262		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6263		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6264	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6265		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6266		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6267		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6268		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6269		another database; this can be used either to expose
6270		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6271		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6272		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6273		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6274		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6275		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6276		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6277		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6278		system directories.
6279	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6280		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6281		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6282		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6283		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6284		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6285		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6286	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6287		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6288		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6289		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6290		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6291		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6292		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6293		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6294		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6295		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6296		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6297		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6298		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6299		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6300		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6301		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6302	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6303		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6304		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6305		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6306		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6307		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6308	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6309		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6310		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6311	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6312		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6313		same host).
6314	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6315		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6316		from Theo de Raadt.
6317	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6318		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6319		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6320	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6321		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6322		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6323	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6324		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6325		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6326	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6327		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6328		Microsystems.
6329	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6330		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6331		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6332	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6333		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6334	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6335		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6336		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6337	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6338		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6339		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6340	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6341		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6342		Shapiro.
6343	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6344		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6345		Sun Microsystems.
6346	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6347		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6348		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6349		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6350		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6351		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6352	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6353		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6354		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6355		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6356		Mercury Mail.
6357	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6358		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6359		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6360		Morgan Stanley.
6361	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6362		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6363		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6364		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6365	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6366		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6367		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6368		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6369		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6370		not be run.
6371	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6372		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6373		printing.
6374	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6375		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6376		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6377	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6378		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6379	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6380	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6381		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6382		erroneous results during a single message processing
6383		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6384	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6385		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6386		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6387		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6388		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6389		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6390		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6391	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6392		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6393		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6394		address as "may be forged".
6395	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6396		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6397		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6398	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6399		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6400		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6401		of TwinCom.
6402	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6403		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6404		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6405		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6406	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6407		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6408		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6409	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6410		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6411		Institute.
6412	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6413		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6414		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6415		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6416		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6417		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6418		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6419		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6420	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6421		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6422		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6423		book (2nd edition).
6424	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6425		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6426		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6427		John Beck of SunSoft.
6428	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6429		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6430		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6431	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6432		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6433	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6434		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6435	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6436		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6437	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6438		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6439		returns.
6440	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6441		on some architectures.
6442	Portability:
6443		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6444		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6445			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6446			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6447			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6448			of Washington.
6449		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6450			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6451			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6452		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6453		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6454		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6455		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6456			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6457			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6458			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6459		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6460		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6461			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6462			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6463			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6464			Cambridge.
6465		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6466			Kari Hurtta.
6467		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6468			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6469			IRIX Makefile).
6470		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6471			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6472	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6473		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6474		Brian Candler.
6475	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6476		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6477		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6478	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6479		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6480		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6481	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6482		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6483		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6484	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6485		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6486		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6487	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6488		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6489		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6490	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6491		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6492		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6493		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6494		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6495	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6496		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6497		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6498		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6499	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6500		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6501		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6502	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6503	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6504		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6505		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6506		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6507		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6508	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6509		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6510		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6511		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6512		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6513		developers).
6514	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6515		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6516		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6517	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6518		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6519		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6520		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6521	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6522		NEXTSTEP.
6523	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6524		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6525		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6526		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6527		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6528	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6529		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6530		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6531		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6532		for system accounts.
6533	NEW FILES:
6534		src/safefile.c
6535		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6536		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6537		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6538		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6539		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6540	RENAMED FILES:
6541		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6542		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6543
65448.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6545	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6546		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6547		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6548	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6549		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6550		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6551	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6552		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6553		University of Pennsylvania.
6554	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6555		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6556		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6557		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6558		was unnecessarily awful.
6559	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6560		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6561		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6562	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6563		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6564		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6565		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6566		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6567		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6568	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6569		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6570	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6571		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6572		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6573	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6574		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6575		Semiconductor Corp.
6576	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6577		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6578		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6579		at Austin.
6580	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6581		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6582		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6583		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6584		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6585	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6586		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6587		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6588		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6589		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6590	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6591		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6592		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6593		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6594		Costales.
6595	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6596		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6597		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6598		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6599		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6600	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6601		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6602		The current values and defaults are:
6603		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6604		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6605		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6606		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6607		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6608	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6609		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6610		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6611	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6612		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6613	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6614		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6615		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6616		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6617		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6618		Eric Hagberg.
6619	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6620		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6621		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6622		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6623	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6624		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6625		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6626		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6627	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6628		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6629		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6630		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6631		Communications.
6632	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6633		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6634		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6635		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6636	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6637		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6638	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6639		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6640	PORTABILITY:
6641		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6642			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6643		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6644			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6645		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6646		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6647			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6648			(Moscow).
6649		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6650		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6651		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6652		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6653		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6654			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6655	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6656		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6657		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6658		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6659		Received: line.
6660	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6661		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6662		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6663		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6664		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6665		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6666	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6667		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6668		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6669		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6670		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6671		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6672		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6673		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6674		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6675		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6676	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6677		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6678		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6679		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6680		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6681	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6682		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6683		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6684	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6685		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6686		Long Beach.
6687
66888.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6689	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6690		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6691		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6692		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6693		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6694		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6695		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6696	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6697		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6698		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6699		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6700		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6701		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6702		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6703		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6704		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6705	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6706		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6707		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6708	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6709		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6710		Problem noted by several people.
6711	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6712		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6713		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6714		by several people.
6715	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6716		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6717	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6718		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6719		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6720		of Best Internet Communications.
6721	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6722		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6723	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6724		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6725		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6726		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6727		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6728	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6729		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6730	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6731		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6732	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6733		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6734	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6735		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6736		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6737		by Roy Mongiovi.
6738	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6739		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6740	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6741		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6742		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6743		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6744		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6745	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6746		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6747		of Kyoto University.
6748	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6749		conditions from Don Lewis.
6750	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6751		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6752		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6753		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6754		patch from Bryan Costales.
6755	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6756		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6757			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6758			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6759			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6760			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6761		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6762			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6763		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6764			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6765		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6766			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6767			of Tokyo.
6768		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6769			Services, Inc.
6770		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6771			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6772			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6773			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6774		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6775			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6776	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6777		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6778	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6779		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6780	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6781		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6782		of NTT Software Corporation.
6783	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6784	NEW FILES:
6785		contrib/etrn.pl
6786
67878.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6788	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6789		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6790		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6791		best-of-security list.
6792	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6793		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6794		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6795		the wrong binary.
6796	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6797		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6798		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6799		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6800		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6801	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6802		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6803		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6804		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6805	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6806		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6807	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6808		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6809		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6810		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6811		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6812		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6813		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6814		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6815		Eric Wassenaar.
6816	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6817		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6818		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6819		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6820		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6821		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6822		UUNET.
6823	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6824		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6825		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6826		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6827		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6828	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6829		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6830		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6831		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6832	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6833		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6834	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6835		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6836		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6837		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6838	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6839		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6840		University of Linkoping.
6841	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6842		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6843		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6844	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6845		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6846		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6847		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6848		other end.
6849	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6850		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6851		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6852	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6853		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6854		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6855		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6856	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6857		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6858			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6859			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6860			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6861		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6862			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6863		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6864			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6865		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6866			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6867			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6868			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6869		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6870			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6871			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6872			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6873			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6874			Earickson of Colby College.
6875		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6876			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6877			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6878			Kari Hurtta.
6879	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6880		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6881		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6882	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6883		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6884		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6885		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6886	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6887		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6888		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6889		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6890		University of Washington, Seattle.
6891	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6892		Polytechnic Institute.
6893	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6894		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6895	NEW FILES:
6896		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6897		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6898		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6899
69008.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6901	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6902		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6903	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6904		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6905			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6906			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6907	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6908		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6909	CONFIG: no changes.
6910
69118.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6912	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6913		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6914		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6915	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6916		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6917		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6918		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6919		of WPI.
6920	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6921		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6922		Kyoto University.
6923	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6924		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6925		on illegal host names.
6926	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6927		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6928		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6929	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6930		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6931		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6932	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6933		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6934		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6935	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6936		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6937		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6938	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6939		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6940		University of Leicester.
6941	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6942		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6943		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6944		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6945		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6946		University of Washington.
6947	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6948		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6949			people pointed this out.
6950		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6951		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6952			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6953	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6954		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6955	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6956		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6957		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6958		Softec.
6959	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6960		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6961	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6962		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6963
69648.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6965	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6966		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6967	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6968		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6969		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6970	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6971		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6972		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6973		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6974	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6975		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6976		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6977		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6978		NSC (Japan).
6979	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6980		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6981		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6982	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6983		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6984		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6985		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6986	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6987		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6988		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6989		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6990		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6991		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6992		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6993		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6994	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6995		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6996	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6997		printout.
6998	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6999	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7000		square braces.
7001	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7002		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7003		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7004	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7005		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
7006		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7007		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7008	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7009		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7010		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7011		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7012	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7013		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7014		Dandelion Digital.
7015	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7016		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7017	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7018		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7019		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
7020	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7021		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7022		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7023	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7024		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
7025	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7026		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7027		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7028		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
7029		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7030	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7031		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7032	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7033		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7034		mailers.
7035	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7036		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
7037		Myers of CMU.
7038	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7039		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7040		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
7041		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7042		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
7043		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
7044	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7045		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7046		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7047		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
7048		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7049		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7050		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7051		parameter.
7052	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7053		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7054		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7055		University of Maryland.
7056	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
7057		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7058	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7059		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7060		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7061	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
7062		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7063		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7064		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7065		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
7066		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7067		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
7068	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
7069		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7070		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
7071		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
7072		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7073	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7074		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7075		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
7076		section 5.2.5.
7077	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7078		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7079		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
7080		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7081		is for incoming connections only.
7082	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
7083		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7084		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
7085		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
7086		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7087		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7088		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7089		(e.g., due to connection caching).
7090	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7091		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7092		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7093		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
7094		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7095		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7096		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7097		that take a very long time to run.
7098	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
7099		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7100		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7101	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7102		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
7103		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7104	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7105		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7106		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7107	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7108		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
7109		Costales.
7110	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7111		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7112		Technologies, Inc.
7113	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7114		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7115		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7116	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7117		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7118		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7119		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7120		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7121		different for this case.
7122	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7123		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7124		of Stanford University.
7125	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7126		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7127		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
7128		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7129	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7130		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
7131		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7132	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7133		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
7134		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7135	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7136		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7137		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
7138		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7139	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7140		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7141		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7142		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7143		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7144		Pasteur Institute.
7145	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7146		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7147		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7148		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7149	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7150		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7151		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7152		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7153		canonification.
7154	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7155		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7156		mailers.
7157	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7158		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7159		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7160		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7161		either of these in their configuration file.
7162	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7163		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7164		St. Peter's College.
7165	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7166		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7167	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7168		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7169	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7170		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7171	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7172		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7173		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7174		Costales.
7175	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7176		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7177		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7178		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7179		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7180		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7181		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7182		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7183		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7184		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7185		in rulesets.
7186	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7187		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7188		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7189		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7190		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7191		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7192		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7193		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7194	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7195		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7196		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7197		on that basis.
7198	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7199		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7200	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7201		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7202		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7203		Vixie.
7204	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7205		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7206		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7207		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7208	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7209		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7210		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7211		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7212		two characters $, +.
7213	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7214		debug_dumpstate.
7215	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7216		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7217		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7218		valid recipients.
7219	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7220		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7221		noted by Tom May.
7222	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7223		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7224		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7225		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7226	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7227		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7228		Computing Corporation.
7229	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7230		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7231		Internet Communications.
7232	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7233		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7234		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7235		of Lysator.
7236	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7237		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7238		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7239		of the University of Iceland.
7240	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7241		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7242		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7243		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7244		this change is a no-op.
7245	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7246		Costales.
7247	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7248		Bryan Costales.
7249	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7250		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7251	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7252		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7253	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7254		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7255	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7256		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7257		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7258		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7259	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7260		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7261		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7262		Jones of UUNET.
7263	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7264		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7265		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7266	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7267		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7268		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7269		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7270		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7271		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7272	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7273		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7274		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7275		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7276		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7277		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7278		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7279		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7280		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7281		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7282		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7283		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7284	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7285		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7286		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7287		of Stanford University.
7288	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7289		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7290		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7291		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7292		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7293		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7294		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7295	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7296		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7297		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7298		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7299		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7300		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7301	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7302		Motonori Nakamura.
7303	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7304		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7305		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7306		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7307	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7308		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7309		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7310		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7311		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7312		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7313		value is ".hoststat".
7314		There are also two new operation modes:
7315		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7316		    connections.
7317		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7318		    recent status information.
7319		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7320		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7321		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7322		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7323		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7324	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7325		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7326		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7327		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7328		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7329		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7330		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7331		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7332		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7333		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7334		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7335	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7336		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7337		Costales.
7338	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7339		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7340	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7341		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7342		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7343		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7344	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7345		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7346		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7347		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7348		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7349		Webmasters.
7350	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7351		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7352		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7353		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7354		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7355	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7356		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7357		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7358		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7359		of Washington, Seattle.
7360	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7361		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7362		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7363		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7364		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7365		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7366	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7367		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7368		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7369		Nakamura.
7370	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7371		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7372		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7373		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7374		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7375		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7376		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7377		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7378		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7379		well constrained.
7380	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7381		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7382		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7383		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7384		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7385	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7386		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7387		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7388		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7389		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7390		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7391	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7392		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7393		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7394	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7395		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7396		Wolfhugel.
7397	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7398		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7399	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7400		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7401		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7402	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7403		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7404	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7405		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7406		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7407		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7408		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7409	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7410		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7411		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7412		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7413	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7414		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7415		National University of Singapore.
7416	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7417		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7418		system can't cope with.
7419	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7420		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7421			Atlas International.
7422		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7423			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7424		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7425			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7426			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7427			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7428			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7429			Bernstein and Associates.
7430		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7431			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7432			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7433		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7434			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7435		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7436			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7437			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7438		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7439			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7440		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7441			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7442		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7443		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7444		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7445			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7446			Institute.
7447		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7448			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7449		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7450		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7451			Employment Standards Administration.
7452		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7453		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7454			Jr.
7455		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7456			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7457		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7458			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7459		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7460		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7461		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7462		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7463			of the University of Arizona.
7464		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7465			Vanderbilt University.
7466		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7467			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7468			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7469			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7470	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7471		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7472	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7473		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7474		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7475		Foundation.
7476	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7477	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7478		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7479		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7480		Myers of CMU.
7481	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7482		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7483		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7484	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7485		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7486		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7487		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7488		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7489		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7490		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7491		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7492	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7493		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7494		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7495		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7496		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7497		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7498		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7499	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7500		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7501		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7502		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7503			info@foo.com	foo-info
7504			info@bar.com	bar-info
7505			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7506		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7507		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7508		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7509		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7510		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7511		a great many people.
7512	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7513		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7514	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7515		"fax" mailer.
7516	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7517		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7518		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7519		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7520		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7521		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7522	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7523		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7524		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7525		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7526		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7527	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7528		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7529		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7530		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7531		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7532		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7533	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7534		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7535		of WPI.
7536	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7537		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7538		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7539	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7540		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7541		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7542	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7543		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7544		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7545		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7546	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7547	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7548		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7549		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7550		by Andreas Luik.
7551	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7552		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7553		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7554	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7555		Wolfhugel.
7556	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7557	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7558		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7559		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7560		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7561		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7562		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7563		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7564	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7565		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7566		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7567		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7568		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7569	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7570		Costales.
7571	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7572	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7573		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7574	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7575	NEW FILES:
7576		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7577		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7578		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7579		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7580		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7581		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7582		mailstats/mailstats.8
7583		praliases/praliases.8
7584		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7585		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7586		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7587		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7588		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7589		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7590		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7591		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7592		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7593		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7594		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7595	DELETED FILES:
7596		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7597		contrib/xla/README
7598		contrib/xla/xla.c
7599	RENAMED FILES:
7600		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7601		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7602		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7603		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7604		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7605
76068.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7607	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7608		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7609		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7610		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7611		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7612	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7613		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7614		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7615
76168.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7617	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7618		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7619		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7620		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7621		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7622		and others.
7623
76248.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7625	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7626		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7627		any user (except root).
7628	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7629		version number is unchanged.
7630
76318.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7632	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7633		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7634		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7635	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7636		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7637		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7638		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7639	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7640		Costales.
7641	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7642		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7643		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7644			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7645			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7646			Stanford University.
7647	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7648		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7649
76508.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7651	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7652		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7653		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7654	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7655		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7656		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7657		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7658		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7659		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7660		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7661	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7662		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7663		by Kari Hurtta.
7664	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7665		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7666		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7667		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7668		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7669		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7670		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7671		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7672		bounces when it should have requeued.
7673	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7674		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7675		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7676		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7677	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7678		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7679		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7680		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7681		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7682		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7683		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7684		Infobiogen.
7685	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7686		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7687		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7688		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7689		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7690	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7691		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7692	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7693		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7694		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7695	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7696		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7697		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7698	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7699		underscores.
7700	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7701		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7702		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7703	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7704		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7705		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7706		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7707	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7708		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7709		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7710		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7711		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7712	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7713		Costales of ICSI.
7714	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7715		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7716		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7717	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7718		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7719		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7720		Technological University.
7721	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7722		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7723		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7724		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7725	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7726		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7727	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7728		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7729	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7730		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7731		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7732		Inc.
7733	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7734		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7735		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7736	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7737		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7738		University.
7739	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7740		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7741		Association for Progressive Communications.
7742	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7743		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7744		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7745		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7746		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7747		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7748		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7749		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7750	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7751		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7752		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7753		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7754	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7755		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7756		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7757		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7758		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7759		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7760	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7761		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7762			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7763			James B. Davis of TCI.
7764		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7765			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7766		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7767			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7768			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7769			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7770			isn't supported on all compilers.
7771		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7772	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7773		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7774	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7775		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7776	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7777		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7778		(France).
7779	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7780		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7781	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7782		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7783		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7784	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7785		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7786		for different files.
7787	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7788		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7789		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7790	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7791		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7792		changes).
7793
77948.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7795	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7796		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7797		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7798		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7799	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7800		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7801		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7802		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7803		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7804		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7805	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7806		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7807		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7808		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7809		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7810		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7811		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7812		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7813		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7814		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7815	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7816		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7817		results.  This could have security implications.
7818	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7819		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7820		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7821	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7822		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7823		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7824		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7825		Elz.
7826	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7827		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7828	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7829		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7830		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7831		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7832		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7833		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7834		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7835		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7836		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7837		domain names are your friends.
7838	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7839		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7840	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7841		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7842	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7843		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7844		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7845		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7846		of TerraNet.
7847	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7848		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7849		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7850		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7851		of WPI.
7852	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7853		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7854			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7855			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7856			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7857			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7858		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7859			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7860		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7861		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7862		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7863			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7864	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7865		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7866		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7867	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7868		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7869		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7870	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7871		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7872		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7873		Infobiogen (France).
7874	NEW FILES:
7875		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7876		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7877		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7878
78798.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7880	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7881		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7882		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7883		Global Communications.
7884	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7885		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7886	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7887		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7888		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7889		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7890		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7891	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7892		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7893		can be confusing.
7894	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7895		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7896	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7897		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7898	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7899		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7900		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7901		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7902		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7903		Maryland.
7904	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7905		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7906		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7907		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7908		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7909	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7910		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7911		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7912		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7913		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7914	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7915		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7916	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7917		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7918		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7919		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7920	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7921		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7922		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7923		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7924		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7925		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7926		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7927		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7928		Swarthmore University.
7929	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7930		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7931		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7932		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7933			ruleset.
7934		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7935		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7936			-d debug flag.
7937		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7938		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7939		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7940		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7941			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7942			and the parsed address.
7943		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7944			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7945		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7946			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7947			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7948			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7949			recipients.
7950		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7951			return the result.
7952		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7953			`mapname' and return the result.
7954	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7955		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7956	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7957		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7958		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7959		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7960		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7961		that functionality.
7962	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7963		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7964		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7965		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7966		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7967		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7968	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7969		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7970		of Michigan Technological University.
7971	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7972		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7973		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7974		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7975		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7976		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7977		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7978		or not.
7979	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7980		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7981		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7982		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7983		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7984		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7985		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7986	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7987		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7988		should have minimal impact on external function.
7989	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7990		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7991			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7992		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7993			7	SevenBitInput
7994			8	EightBitMode
7995			A	AliasFile
7996			a	AliasWait
7997			B	BlankSub
7998			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7999			C	CheckpointInterval
8000			c	HoldExpensive
8001			D	AutoRebuildAliases
8002			d	DeliveryMode
8003			E	ErrorHeader
8004			e	ErrorMode
8005			f	SaveFromLine
8006			F	TempFileMode
8007			G	MatchGECOS
8008			H	HelpFile
8009			h	MaxHopCount
8010			i	IgnoreDots
8011			I	ResolverOptions
8012			J	ForwardPath
8013			j	SendMimeErrors
8014			k	ConnectionCacheSize
8015			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
8016			L	LogLevel
8017			l	UseErrorsTo
8018			m	MeToo
8019			n	CheckAliases
8020			O	DaemonPortOptions
8021			o	OldStyleHeaders
8022			P	PostmasterCopy
8023			p	PrivacyOptions
8024			Q	QueueDirectory
8025			q	QueueFactor
8026			R	DontPruneRoutes
8027			r, T	Timeout
8028			S	StatusFile
8029			s	SuperSafe
8030			t	TimeZoneSpec
8031			u	DefaultUser
8032			U	UserDatabaseSpec
8033			V	FallbackMXHost
8034			v	Verbose
8035			w	TryNullMXList
8036			x	QueueLA
8037			X	RefuseLA
8038			Y	ForkEachJob
8039			y	RecipientFactor
8040			z	ClassFactor
8041			Z	RetryFactor
8042		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8043		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8044			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
8045			$l	UnixFromLine
8046			$o	OperatorChars
8047			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
8048		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8049		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8050		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8051		specify "V6" in the configuration.
8052	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8053		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8054		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8055		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
8056		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8057		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8058		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8059		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
8060		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8061		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8062	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8063		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
8064		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8065			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
8066			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8067		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8068			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8069			recipient mailer flags.
8070		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8071		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8072			delivery.
8073		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8074		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8075		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
8076		    |	Check for |program on this address.
8077		    /	Check for /file on this address.
8078		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
8079			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
8080			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8081			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8082		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8083		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8084		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8085	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
8086		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8087		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8088		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
8089		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8090		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
8091		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8092		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8093		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8094		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8095		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8096		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
8097		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8098		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8099		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
8100		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8101			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8102			(essentially, the full MIME option).
8103		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8104			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8105		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8106			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
8107			flag is ignored.
8108		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8109			the setting of F=8.
8110	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8111		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8112		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8113		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8114	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8115		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8116		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
8117		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8118	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
8119		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8120		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
8121		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8122	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8123		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8124		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8125		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
8126		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8127		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8128		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8129		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8130	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8131		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
8132		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8133		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8134		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
8135		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8136		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8137		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8138		Unicom.
8139	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8140		fashion as the U= mailer option.
8141	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8142		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8143		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8144		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8145		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8146		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8147		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8148		from Chip Rosenthal.
8149	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8150		For example,
8151		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8152		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8153		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8154		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8155		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8156		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8157	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8158		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8159		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8160		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8161		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8162		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8163		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8164		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8165		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8166		contribution was to make it configurable).
8167	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8168		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8169		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8170		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8171		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8172		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8173	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8174		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8175		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8176		I/O redirection.
8177	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8178		can be confusing.
8179	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8180		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8181		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8182	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8183	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8184		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8185		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8186		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8187		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8188		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8189		queue-only.
8190	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8191		:include: and .forward files.
8192	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8193		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8194		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8195		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8196		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8197	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8198		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8199	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8200		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8201		Sun Microsystems.
8202	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8203		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8204		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8205		Hutton of Indiana University.
8206	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8207		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8208		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8209		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8210		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8211		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8212	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8213		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8214		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8215		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8216		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8217		as comments.
8218	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8219		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8220		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8221		are from sysexits.h.
8222	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8223		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8224		    Kmap1 ...
8225		    Kmap2 ...
8226		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8227		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8228		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8229		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8230	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8231		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8232		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8233		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8234		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8235		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8236		    Ksample switch hosts
8237		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8238		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8239		equivalent to
8240		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8241		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8242	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8243		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8244		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8245		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8246		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8247	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8248		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8249		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8250	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8251		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8252		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8253		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8254	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8255		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8256		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8257		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8258		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8259		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8260		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8261		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8262		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8263	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8264		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8265		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8266		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8267		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8268	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8269		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8270		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8271		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8272		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8273		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8274		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8275	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8276		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8277		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8278		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8279		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8280		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8281	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8282		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8283		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8284		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8285		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8286		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8287		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8288	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8289		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8290		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8291	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8292		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8293		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8294		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8295	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8296		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8297		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8298		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8299		much longer than the specified timeout.
8300	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8301		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8302		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8303		denial-of-service attack.
8304	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8305		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8306		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8307	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8308		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8309		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8310		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8311		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8312		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8313		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8314		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8315		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8316		actually file lookups.
8317	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8318		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8319		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8320		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8321	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8322		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8323		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8324		support for them has been removed.
8325	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8326		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8327		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8328	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8329		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8330		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8331		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8332	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8333		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8334		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8335	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8336		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8337		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8338	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8339		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8340		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8341	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8342		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8343		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8344	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8345		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8346		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8347		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8348		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8349		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8350		Microsystems.
8351	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8352		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8353		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8354		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8355		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8356		option can give the network software time to establish
8357		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8358	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8359		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8360		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8361		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8362	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8363		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8364		the National Computer Security Center.
8365	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8366		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8367		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8368		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8369		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8370	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8371		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8372		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8373		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8374		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8375		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8376		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8377		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8378		University Computing Service.
8379	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8380		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8381		the University of Kentucky.
8382	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8383		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8384		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8385	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8386		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8387	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8388		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8389		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8390		Corporation.
8391	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8392		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8393		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8394		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8395	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8396		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8397		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8398		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8399		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8400		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8401		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8402	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8403		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8404		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8405	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8406		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8407		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8408		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8409	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8410		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8411		Communications.
8412	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8413		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8414		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8415		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8416		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8417	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8418		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8419		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8420		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8421		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8422	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8423		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8424	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8425		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8426		on values:
8427		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8428					message will be passed on even
8429					though it is in technically
8430					illegal syntax.
8431		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8432					recipients that it can find from
8433					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8434					Bcc: recipients.
8435		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8436					has almost no redeeming social value,
8437					and is provided only for back
8438					compatibility.
8439		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8440					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8441					which will have the effect of
8442					making the message legal without
8443					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8444		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8445					There is a chance that mailers down
8446					the line will delete this header,
8447					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8448					recipients.
8449		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8450	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8451		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8452		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8453		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8454		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8455	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8456		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8457		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8458		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8459		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8460		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8461		For example, if you run with
8462			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8463		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8464		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8465		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8466		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8467	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8468		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8469			list: member1
8470			list: member2
8471		and an alias file declared as:
8472			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8473		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8474		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8475		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8476	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8477	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8478		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8479		Johannesen.
8480	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8481		to be simpler and more consistent.
8482	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8483		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8484		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8485		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8486	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8487		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8488		This may affect some people who have written their own
8489		checkcompat() routine.
8490	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8491		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8492		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8493	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8494		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8495		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8496		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8497	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8498		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8499		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8500		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8501		Corporation.
8502	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8503		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8504		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8505		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8506		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8507		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8508		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8509		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8510	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8511		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8512		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8513	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8514		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8515		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8516	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8517		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8518		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8519	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8520		the header.
8521	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8522	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8523		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8524		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8525	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8526		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8527		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8528		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8529		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8530		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8531	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8532		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8533		is added between the first and second word of the first
8534		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8535		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8536		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8537		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8538		old sendmails understand.
8539	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8540		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8541	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8542		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8543		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8544		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8545		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8546		data -- for example,
8547		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8548					(romanized/less information)
8549		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8550					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8551					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8552		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8553					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8554		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8555		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8556	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8557		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8558		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8559		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8560		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8561		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8562		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8563	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8564		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8565		increment on the background value).
8566	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8567		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8568		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8569	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8570		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8571		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8572	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8573		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8574		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8575		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8576		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8577	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8578		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8579		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8580		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8581		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8582		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8583		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8584		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8585		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8586	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8587		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8588		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8589		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8590		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8591		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8592		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8593	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8594		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8595		service type is "files".
8596	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8597		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8598		into class "c".
8599	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8600		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8601		contributed by SunSoft.
8602	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8603		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8604		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8605		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8606		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8607		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8608		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8609		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8610		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8611		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8612	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8613		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8614		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8615		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8616	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8617		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8618		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8619		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8620		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8621		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8622		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8623	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8624		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8625	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8626		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8627		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8628	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8629		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8630		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8631		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8632		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8633		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8634		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8635		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8636		flags.
8637	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8638		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8639		Motonori Nakamura.
8640	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8641		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8642		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8643		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8644		of MIT.
8645	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8646		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8647	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8648		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8649		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8650		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8651		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8652		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8653		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8654		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8655		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8656	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8657		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8658		the make.
8659	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8660		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8661		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8662		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8663	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8664		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8665		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8666		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8667		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8668		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8669	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8670		of Sun Microsystems.
8671	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8672		is at least 50% faster.
8673	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8674		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8675		University.
8676	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8677		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8678	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8679		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8680		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8681		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8682	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8683		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8684		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8685	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8686		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8687		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8688		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8689		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8690		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8691	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8692		Carnegie Mellon.
8693	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8694		support.
8695	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8696		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8697		Global Information Solutions.
8698	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8699		From Motonori Nakamura.
8700	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8701		Motonori Nakamura.
8702	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8703		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8704	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8705		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8706		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8707		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8708		James of British Telecom.
8709	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8710		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8711	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8712		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8713		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8714		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8715		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8716		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8717		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8718	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8719		a bad guy can read your private files.
8720	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8721		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8722		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8723			University.  This expands the disk size
8724			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8725		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8726			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8727		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8728			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8729		Linux Makefile typo.
8730		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8731			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8732		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8733			University, Chico.
8734		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8735			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8736			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8737			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8738			This requires adaptation of code that really
8739			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8740			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8741		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8742			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8743		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8744			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8745		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8746			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8747			problems.
8748		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8749			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8750			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8751		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8752			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8753		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8754			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8755		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8756			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8757			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8758			Wemm of DIALix.
8759		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8760			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8761			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8762			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8763			of Ohio State University.
8764		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8765			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8766			University.
8767		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8768			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8769			Mainz.
8770		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8771		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8772			wrong statfs call).
8773		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8774		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8775			University.
8776		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8777		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8778			Rochester Medical Center.
8779		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8780			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8781			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8782			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8783			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8784		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8785			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8786			Division.
8787		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8788			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8789		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8790			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8791		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8792			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8793		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8794		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8795			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8796		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8797		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8798		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8799		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8800		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8801			of Meteo France.
8802		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8803		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8804		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8805		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8806		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8807		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8808		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8809		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8810		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8811		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8812			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8813		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8814			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8815		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8816			of Colorado.
8817		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8818	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8819		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8820		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8821	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8822		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8823		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8824		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8825	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8826		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8827		giving the local administrator more control over what
8828		programs can be run from sendmail.
8829	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8830		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8831		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8832		never will.
8833	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8834		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8835		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8836	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8837		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8838		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8839		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8840		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8841	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8842		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8843	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8844		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8845		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8846		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8847			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8848		or
8849			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8850		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8851		can use:
8852			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8853		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8854		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8855		compatibility.
8856	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8857		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8858	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8859		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8860	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8861		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8862		County.
8863	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8864	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8865		just unqualified ones.
8866	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8867		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8868	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8869		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8870	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8871		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8872		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8873		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8874		centralized hub.
8875	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8876	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8877		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8878		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8879	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8880		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8881		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8882		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8883		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8884	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8885		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8886		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8887	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8888		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8889		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8890		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8891		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8892		but it is a no-op.
8893	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8894		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8895		as User Unknown.
8896	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8897		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8898		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8899		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8900	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8901		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8902		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8903	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8904		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8905		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8906		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8907	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8908		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8909		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8910	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8911	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8912		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8913	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8914		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8915		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8916		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8917	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8918		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8919		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8920		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8921		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8922		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8923		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8924		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8925	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8926		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8927		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8928		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8929		assumed.
8930	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8931		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8932		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8933		Information Systems Agency.
8934	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8935		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8936		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8937	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8938		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8939		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8940		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8941		that really can be used in the real world.
8942	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8943		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8944		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8945	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8946		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8947	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8948		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8949		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8950		by Scott Hutton.
8951	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8952		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8953	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8954		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8955		people.
8956	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8957		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8958	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8959		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8960		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8961	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8962		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8963		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8964	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8965		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8966		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8967		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8968	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8969		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8970		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8971		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8972		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8973		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8974	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8975		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8976		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8977	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8978		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8979		by Kimmo Suominen.
8980	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8981		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8982		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8983	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8984		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8985	NEW FILES:
8986		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8987		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8988		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8989		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8990		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8991		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8992		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8993		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8994		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8995		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8996		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8997		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8998		cf/domain/generic.m4
8999		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9000		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9001		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9002		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
9003		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9004		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9005		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
9006		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
9007		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
9008		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9009		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9010		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9011		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9012		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
9013		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
9014		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
9015		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
9016		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9017		contrib/bsdi.mc
9018		contrib/mailprio
9019		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9020		mail.local/mail.local.0
9021		makemap/makemap.0
9022		smrsh/README
9023		smrsh/smrsh.0
9024		smrsh/smrsh.8
9025		smrsh/smrsh.c
9026		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9027		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9028		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9029		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9030		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9031		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9032		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9033		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9034		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9035		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9036		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9037		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9038		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9039		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9040		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9041		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9042		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9043		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9044		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9045		src/aliases.0
9046		src/mailq.0
9047		src/mime.c
9048		src/newaliases.0
9049		src/sendmail.0
9050		test/t_seteuid.c
9051	RENAMED FILES:
9052		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9053		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9054		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9055		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9056		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9057		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9058		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9059		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9060		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9061		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9062		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9063		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9064		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9065		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9066		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9067		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9068		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9069		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9070		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9071		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9072		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9073	OBSOLETED FILES:
9074		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
9075		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
9076		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
9077		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9078		cf/cf/knecht.mc
9079		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9080		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9081		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9082		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9083		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9084		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9085		contrib/rcpt-streaming
9086		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9087
90888.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
9089	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9090		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9091		any user (except root).
9092	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9093		version number is unchanged.
9094
90958.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
9096	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9097		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
9098		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9099		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9100		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9101		each other!).
9102	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9103		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9104		than fork().
9105
91068.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
9107	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9108		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9109	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9110		message when attempted from IDENT.
9111	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9112		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
9113		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
9114		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9115	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9116		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9117		partial lines.
9118	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9119		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
9120		Rob McMahon.
9121	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9122		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
9123		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9124		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9125	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9126		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
9127		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9128		Novell Labs Europe.
9129	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9130		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
9131		Cal State Chico.
9132	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
9133		*Hobbit*.
9134	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9135		and Liudvikas Bukys.
9136	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9137		from Spider Boardman.
9138	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9139		with the binaries).
9140
91418.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9142	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9143		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9144	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9145		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9146		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9147		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9148		implications.
9149	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9150		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9151		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9152		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9153	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9154		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9155		University of Texas.
9156	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9157		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9158		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9159		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9160	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9161		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9162		Data General.
9163	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9164		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9165		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9166	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9167		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9168		with a lot of arguments).
9169	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9170		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9171		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9172		Michigan.
9173	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9174		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9175		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9176		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9177		Thibault.
9178	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9179		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9180		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9181		some of the map code.
9182	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9183		with the binaries).
9184
91858.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9186	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9187		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9188		may have some security implications.
9189	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9190		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9191		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9192	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9193		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9194	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9195		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9196	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9197	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9198		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9199		option.
9200	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9201		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9202		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9203		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9204		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9205		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9206		Rochester.
9207	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9208		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9209		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9210	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9211		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9212		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9213	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9214		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9215		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9216	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9217		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9218		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9219		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9220		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9221		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9222		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9223		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9224		messages.
9225	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9226		message to explain how much space was available and
9227		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9228		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9229	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9230		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9231		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9232		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9233		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9234		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9235		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9236		Kapor Enterprises.
9237	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9238		without recompiling.
9239	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9240		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9241		purely cosmetic.
9242	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9243		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9244		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9245	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9246		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9247		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9248		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9249		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9250		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9251		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9252	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9253		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9254		Wolfhugel.
9255	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9256		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9257		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9258		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9259		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9260		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9261		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9262		size around and can never start listening to connections
9263		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9264		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9265		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9266		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9267		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9268		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9269		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9270		implications.
9271	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9272		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9273	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9274		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9275		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9276	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9277		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9278		information.
9279	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9280		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9281		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9282		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9283		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9284		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9285		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9286	Portability fixes:
9287		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9288		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9289		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9290		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9291		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9292		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9293			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9294		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9295			Corporation.
9296		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9297		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9298			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9299		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9300	New Files:
9301		src/Makefile.CLIX
9302		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9303		doc/changes/Makefile
9304		doc/changes/changes.me
9305		doc/changes/changes.ps
9306
93078.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9308	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9309		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9310		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9311
93128.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9313	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9314		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9315		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9316		list.
9317
93188.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9319	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9320		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9321		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9322		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9323		valid shell.
9324	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9325		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9326		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9327		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9328		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9329		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9330	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9331		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9332		from a local user to another local user.  From
9333		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9334	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9335		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9336		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9337	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9338		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9339		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9340		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9341		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9342		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9343		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9344		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9345		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9346	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9347		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9348		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9349	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9350		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9351		BSD-like system.
9352	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9353		protocol entirely.
9354	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9355		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9356		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9357		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9358		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9359	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9360	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9361		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9362		files.
9363	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9364		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9365		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9366	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9367		of CMU.
9368	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9369		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9370		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9371	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9372		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9373		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9374		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9375	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9376		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9377		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9378		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9379		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9380		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9381	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9382		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9383	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9384		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9385		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9386		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9387		Motonori Nakamura.
9388	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9389		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9390		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9391	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9392		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9393		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9394		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9395	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9396		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9397		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9398	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9399		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9400		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9401	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9402		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9403		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9404		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9405	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9406		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9407		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9408		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9409	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9410		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9411		didn't see the class items being added.
9412	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9413		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9414		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9415		Rutgers.
9416	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9417		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9418	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9419		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9420		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9421		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9422		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9423		the problem myself.
9424	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9425		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9426		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9427		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9428	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9429		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9430		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9431		UUNET.
9432	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9433		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9434		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9435		John Oleynick.
9436	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9437		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9438		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9439	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9440		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9441		Nakamura.
9442	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9443		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9444		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9445		University of Washington.
9446	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9447		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9448	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9449		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9450		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9451		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9452		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9453		of Cambridge University.
9454	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9455		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9456		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9457	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9458		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9459		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9460	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9461		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9462		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9463		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9464		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9465		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9466		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9467		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9468		a chance.
9469	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9470		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9471	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9472		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9473		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9474		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9475		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9476		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9477		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9478		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9479	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9480		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9481	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9482	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9483		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9484		size for various mailers.
9485	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9486		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9487		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9488	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9489		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9490		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9491	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9492	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9493		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9494		system.
9495	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9496		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9497		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9498	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9499		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9500		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9501	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9502		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9503		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9504		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9505		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9506		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9507		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9508		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9509		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9510		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9511		University of Sydney.
9512	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9513		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9514		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9515		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9516		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9517	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9518		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9519		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9520		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9521		Suominen.
9522	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9523		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9524		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9525		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9526	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9527		Suominen.
9528	Portability fixes:
9529		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9530		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9531		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9532		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9533		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9534		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9535		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9536		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9537		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9538	NEW FILES:
9539		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9540		src/Makefile.PTX
9541		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9542		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9543		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9544		src/mailq.1
9545		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9546		doc/op/Makefile
9547		doc/intro/Makefile
9548		doc/usenix/Makefile
9549
95508.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9551	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9552		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9553		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9554	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9555		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9556		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9557		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9558		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9559	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9560		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9561		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9562		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9563		Christian Wettergren.
9564	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9565		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9566		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9567		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9568		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9569		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9570		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9571		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9572		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9573		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9574		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9575		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9576		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9577		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9578	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9579		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9580		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9581		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9582	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9583		connection to create problems on the current job.
9584		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9585		the wrong place.
9586	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9587		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9588		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9589		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9590	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9591		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9592	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9593		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9594		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9595	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9596		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9597		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9598		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9599		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9600	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9601		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9602		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9603	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9604		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9605		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9606	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9607		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9608	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9609		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9610		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9611		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9612	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9613		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9614		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9615	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9616		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9617		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9618	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9619		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9620		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9621	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9622		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9623		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9624		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9625		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9626		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9627	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9628		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9629		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9630		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9631	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9632		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9633		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9634		dot convention.
9635	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9636		of from a clean exit.
9637	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9638		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9639		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9640	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9641		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9642		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9643		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9644	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9645		Jones of UUNET.
9646	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9647		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9648		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9649		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9650	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9651		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9652		says that they should be ignored.
9653	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9654		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9655		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9656		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9657		is not reentrant.
9658	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9659		documented in the Bat Book.
9660	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9661		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9662		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9663		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9664	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9665		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9666		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9667		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9668		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9669	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9670		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9671	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9672		of Kyoto University.
9673	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9674		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9675	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9676		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9677	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9678		Bryan Costales.
9679	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9680		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9681	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9682		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9683		Nakamura.
9684	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9685		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9686		illegal addresses appearing there).
9687	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9688		BB&N.
9689	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9690		included.
9691	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9692		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9693	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9694		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9695		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9696		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9697	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9698		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9699	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9700		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9701		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9702	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9703		to include a host name or other useful information.
9704	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9705		DeMarco.
9706	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9707		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9708		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9709		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9710		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9711	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9712		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9713	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9714		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9715		this properly).
9716	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9717		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9718		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9719	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9720		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9721		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9722		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9723		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9724		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9725		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9726		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9727	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9728		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9729		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9730		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9731		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9732		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9733		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9734	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9735		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9736		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9737		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9738	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9739		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9740	Portability fixes for:
9741		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9742		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9743		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9744		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9745		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9746			of Stoner Associates.
9747		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9748		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9749			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9750			of Maryland.
9751		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9752		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9753		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9754		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9755		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9756		RISC/os.
9757		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9758			at Chico.
9759		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9760		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9761		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9762			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9763			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9764	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9765		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9766		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9767		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9768		addresses when relaying internally.
9769	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9770		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9771		provided by Peter Wemm.
9772	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9773		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9774		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9775	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9776		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9777	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9778		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9779		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9780		names.
9781	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9782		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9783		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9784	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9785		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9786		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9787		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9788		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9789	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9790		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9791	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9792	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9793		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9794		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9795		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9796		of Georgia Tech.
9797	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9798		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9799	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9800		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9801		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9802		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9803		the local name prepended.
9804	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9805	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9806	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9807		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9808	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9809		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9810		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9811	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9812		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9813			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9814		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9815			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9816			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9817			cause some .forward files that have worked
9818			before to start failing.
9819		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9820	NEW FILES:
9821		src/Makefile.DGUX
9822		src/Makefile.Dynix
9823		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9824		src/Makefile.Mach386
9825		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9826		src/Makefile.RISCos
9827		src/Makefile.SCO
9828		src/Makefile.SVR4
9829		src/Makefile.Titan
9830		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9831		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9832		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9833		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9834		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9835		makemap/Makefile.dist
9836		praliases/Makefile.dist
9837
98388.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9839	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9840		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9841		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9842	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9843		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9844		class of attack.
9845	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9846		in a few critical places.
9847	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9848		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9849		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9850		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9851		and High-Energy Physics.
9852	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9853		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9854		Eric Wassenaar.
9855	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9856		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9857		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9858		Wassenaar.
9859	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9860		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9861		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9862		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9863	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9864		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9865		these can have different values depending on which
9866		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9867	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9868		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9869	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9870		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9871		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9872		postmaster" case.
9873	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9874	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9875		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9876	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9877		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9878		Christopher Davis.
9879	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9880		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9881		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9882		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9883	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9884		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9885
98868.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9887	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9888		addresses that get return-receipts.
9889	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9890		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9891		and end up sending the message several times.
9892	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9893		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9894		four hours".
9895	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9896		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9897		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9898		Cornell University Medical College.
9899	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9900		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9901		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9902		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9903		Wassenaar.
9904	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9905		connections fail during message collection.  From
9906		Eric Wassenaar.
9907	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9908		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9909		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9910		Stratus.
9911	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9912		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9913		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9914	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9915		by non-root users were not put into
9916		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9917		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9918		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9919	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9920		could get confused as to whether a database was
9921		open or not.
9922	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9923		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9924		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9925		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9926		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9927	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9928		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9929		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9930	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9931
99328.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9933	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9934	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9935		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9936		propagated to the queue file.
9937
99388.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9939	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9940		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9941	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9942		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9943		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9944		header files but don't have the syscall.
9945	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9946		if trymx == FALSE.
9947	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9948		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9949		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9950		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9951	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9952		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9953	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9954		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9955		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9956		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9957		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9958		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9959		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9960	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9961		Kanbe.
9962	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9963		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9964		Wisner of The Well.
9965	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9966		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9967	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9968		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9969		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9970		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9971		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9972		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9973		read permission.
9974	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9975		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9976		MX suppression will still work.
9977	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9978		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9979		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9980		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9981	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9982		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9983		Nakamura.
9984	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9985		"CX $Z" works.
9986	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9987		trying to send the original message if the connection
9988		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9989		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9990		by John Myers of CMU.
9991	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9992		term bug.
9993	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9994		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9995		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9996		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9997		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9998		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9999	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10000	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10001		ruleset testing a bit easier.
10002	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10003		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10004		level.
10005	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10006		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
10007		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
10008		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10009		address.
10010	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10011		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10012		Harvey Mudd College.
10013	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10014		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
10015		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10016		their full name information.
10017	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10018		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10019		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
10020	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10021		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10022	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10023		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10024		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10025		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10026	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10027		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
10028		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10029		PC TCP/IP implementations.
10030	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10031		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
10032		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
10033		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10034		names.
10035	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10036		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10037		helpful.
10038	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10039		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
10040		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
10041		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10042	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10043		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10044		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10045	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10046		that claims to be itself works properly.
10047	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10048		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10049		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10050		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10051	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10052		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
10053		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10054	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10055		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10056		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10057		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10058		scratch.
10059	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10060		true address to still send to the original address
10061		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10062		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10063		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10064	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
10065		more trouble than it was worth.
10066	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10067		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
10068		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10069	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
10070		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10071		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10072	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10073		the queue.
10074	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10075		messages don't come out with stale information.
10076	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10077		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10078	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10079		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
10080		Myers of CMU.
10081	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10082		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
10083		Corrigan.
10084	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10085		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
10086		sender address.
10087	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10088	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10089	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10090		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10091		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10092		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10093		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10094		that does bulk data transfer).
10095	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
10096		Amir Plivatsky.
10097	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
10098		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10099		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10100		bogus config files that were not caught.
10101	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10102		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10103	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10104		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10105		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10106	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10107		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10108	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10109		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10110		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10111		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10112	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10113		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10114	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10115		opened or if running with no database format defined.
10116	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10117		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10118	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10119		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
10120		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10121		Melbourne.
10122	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10123		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10124		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
10125		to match regular entries.
10126	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10127		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10128	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10129		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10130	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10131		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10132		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10133	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10134		error message so that the "subject" line of return
10135		messages is the best possible.
10136	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10137		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10138		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10139	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10140		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10141	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10142		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10143	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10144		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10145	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10146	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10147		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10148		on the address.
10149	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10150		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10151		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10152		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10153		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10154	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10155	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10156	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10157		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10158		addresses in any detail.
10159	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10160		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10161	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10162		with an address such as "!foo".
10163	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10164		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10165		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10166		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10167		Bret Marquis.
10168
101698.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10170	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10171		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10172		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10173		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10174	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10175		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10176		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10177		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10178		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10179		Nakamura.
10180	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10181		are no DNS records matching the name.
10182	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10183		original message was received ... from localhost".
10184		The correct original host information is now included.
10185	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10186		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10187		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10188	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10189		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10190	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10191		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10192		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10193		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10194		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10195		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10196		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10197		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10198
101998.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10200	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10201		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10202		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10203		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10204		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10205		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10206		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10207		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10208		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10209		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10210		UIUC sendmail.
10211	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10212		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10213		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10214		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10215		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10216		by Neil Rickert.
10217	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10218		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10219		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10220		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10221		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10222		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10223		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10224		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10225		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10226		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10227	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10228		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10229		humans.
10230	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10231		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10232	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10233		repaired).
10234	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10235		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10236		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10237		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10238	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10239		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10240		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10241	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10242		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10243		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10244		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10245		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10246	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10247		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10248		core dumps on some machines.
10249	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10250		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10251		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10252		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10253		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10254		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10255		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10256		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10257		some true error conditions.
10258	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10259		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10260		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10261		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10262	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10263		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10264		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10265		by Motonori Nakamura.
10266	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10267		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10268		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10269		a queue run than a direct run.
10270	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10271		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10272		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10273	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10274		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10275		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10276		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10277		restart it.
10278	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10279		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10280		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10281		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10282		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10283		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10284		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10285		is appropriately functional.
10286	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10287		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10288		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10289		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10290	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10291		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10292		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10293		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10294		Technologies.
10295	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10296		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10297		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10298		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10299		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10300		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10301		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10302		things.
10303	Portability changes:
10304		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10305			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10306			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10307			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10308			of Colorado.
10309		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10310			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10311		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10312			Corporation.
10313		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10314			documentation apparently doesn't define
10315			__STDC__ by default).
10316		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10317		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10318			Motonori Nakamura.
10319	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10320	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10321		several people have made a good argument that this
10322		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10323		may prove painful in the short run).
10324	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10325		format.
10326	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10327		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10328		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10329	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10330		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10331		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10332		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10333		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10334	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10335		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10336		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10337		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10338	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10339		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10340		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10341		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10342	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10343		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10344		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10345		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10346		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10347	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10348		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10349
103508.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10351	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10352		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10353		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10354		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10355		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10356		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10357		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10358		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10359		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10360	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10361		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10362		"user friendly".
10363	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10364		16 bytes/sec.
10365	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10366		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10367		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10368		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10369		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10370		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10371		for quick test cases.
10372	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10373		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10374		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10375		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10376	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10377		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10378		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10379	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10380		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10381		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10382		From Michael Corrigan.
10383	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10384		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10385		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10386	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10387		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10388		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10389	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10390		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10391		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10392	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10393
103948.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10395	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10396	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10397		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10398		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10399	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10400	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10401		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10402		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10403		from Bill Wisner.
10404	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10405		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10406	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10407		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10408		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10409	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10410		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10411		match the other flags in that file.
10412	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10413	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10414		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10415	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10416		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10417		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10418	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10419		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10420	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10421		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10422		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10423	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10424		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10425		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10426	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10427		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10428		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10429		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10430		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10431	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10432		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10433		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10434		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10435		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10436		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10437		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10438		be owned by you.
10439	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10440		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10441		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10442		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10443	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10444	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10445	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10446		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10447		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10448		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10449		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10450		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10451	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10452		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10453		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10454		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10455		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10456		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10457		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10458		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10459		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10460		it adapts.
10461	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10462		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10463		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10464		way.
10465	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10466		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10467		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10468	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10469		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10470		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10471		only happen when there has been another error in the
10472		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10473		by default in conf.h.
10474	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10475		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10476		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10477		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10478		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10479		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10480		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10481		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10482	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10483		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10484		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10485		See cf/README for an example.
10486	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10487		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10488	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10489		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10490		has been requested by several people, but can break
10491		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10492		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10493		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10494		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10495	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10496		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10497		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10498	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10499		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10500		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10501		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10502	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10503		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10504		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10505
105068.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10507	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10508		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10509	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10510		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10511		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10512	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10513
105148.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10515	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10516		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10517		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10518
105198.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10520	Another mailertable fix....
10521
105228.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10523	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10524